Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.

Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.

msvb · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker msvb
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020 

OR 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number: 001-38491 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Indiana 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

82-4821705 
(I.R.S. Employer I.D. Number) 

300 North Water Street, Salem, Indiana 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

47167 
(Zip Code) 

(812) 883-2639 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, Par Value $.01 per share    

Trading Symbol(s) 
MSVB 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
Nasdaq Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  

None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   No   
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes    No   
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has 
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes     No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant 
to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to submit such files). Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company or an emerging growth company. See definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," 
and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer  
Smaller reporting company  

Accelerated filer  
Emerging growth company  

Non-accelerated filer  

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on an attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of 
its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public 
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes     No      
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based upon the closing price of the registrant’s 
common stock of $12.08 per share as quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market System on June 30, 2020 was $38.4 million. (The 
exclusion from such amount of the market value of the shares owned by any person shall not be deemed an admission by the registrant 
that  such person  is  an  affiliate  of  the  registrant.)  As  of  March 19,  2021,  there  were  3,172,767  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  the 
registrant’s common stock. 

Portions of registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Part III). 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Business  
Risk Factors  
Unresolved Staff Comments  
Properties 
Legal Proceedings  
Mine Safety Disclosures  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  
Executive Compensation  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  
Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  
Form 10-K Summary 

PAGE
5
32
41
41
41
41

42
43
45
58
59
107
107
108

108
108

108
109
109

110
110

111

PART I  
Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

PART II 
Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

PART III 
Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

PART IV  
Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Signatures 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements 

This  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform  Act  of  1995.  Forward-looking  statements  can  be  identified  by  use  of  the  words  “expects,”  “believes,” 
“anticipates,” “intends,” “could,” “should” and similar expressions of the future. Forward-looking statements also include, 
but are not limited to, statements  regarding  estimated  cost  savings, plans and  objectives  for future operations,  and the 
Company’s business and growth strategies. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, 
uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or implied by 
our forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the effect of the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) pandemic, including on the Company’s credit 
quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions 
and other uncertainties resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, such as the extent and duration of the 
impact on public health, the U.S. and global economies, and consumer and corporate customers, including 
economic activity, employment levels and market liquidity; 

changes in economic conditions, either nationally or in our market area; 

fluctuations in interest rates; 

the risks of lending and investing activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies 
and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses; 

the possibility of other-than-temporary impairments of securities held in our securities portfolio; 

our ability to access cost-effective funding; 

fluctuations in the demand for loans, the number of unsold homes, land and other properties, and fluctuations 
in real estate values and both residential and commercial and multi-family real estate market conditions in 
our market area; 

secondary market conditions for loans and our ability to originate loans for sale and sell loans in the 
secondary market; 

our ability to attract and retain deposits; 

our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems, and management personnel 
we may acquire into our operations and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and expected cost 
savings and other benefits within the anticipated time frames or at all; 

legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business including changes in regulatory policies 
and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; 

  monetary and fiscal policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) 
and the U.S. Government and other governmental initiatives affecting the financial services industry; 

 

results  of  examinations  of  Mid-Southern  Bancorp  and  Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank  by  their  regulators, 
including the possibility that the regulators may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance 
for loan losses or to write-down assets, change Mid-Southern Savings Bank’s regulatory capital position or 
affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect our liquidity 
and earnings; 

 

our ability to control operating costs and expenses; 

3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the  use  of  estimates  in  determining  fair  value  of  certain  of  our  assets,  which  estimates  may  prove  to  be 
incorrect and result in significant declines in valuation; 

difficulties in reducing risks associated with the loans on our balance sheet; 

staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect 
our workforce and potential associated charges; 

disruptions,  security  breaches,  or  other  adverse  events,  failures  or  interruptions  in,  or  attacks  on,  our 
information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform several of our critical processing 
functions; 

our ability to retain key members of our senior management team; 

costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments; 

our ability to implement our business strategies; 

increased competitive pressures among financial services companies; 

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; 

the  availability  of  resources  to  address  changes  in  laws,  rules,  or  regulations  or  to  respond  to  regulatory 
actions; 

our ability to pay dividends on our common stock; 

adverse changes in the securities markets; 

the inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; 

statements with respect to our intentions regarding disclosure and other changes resulting from the JOBS 
Act; 

changes  in  accounting  policies  and  practices,  as  may  be  adopted  by  the  financial  institution  regulatory 
agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, including additional guidance and interpretation on 
accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods; and 

other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting our operations, 
pricing, products and services including the potential effects of coronavirus on international trade (including 
supply chains and export levels), and the other risks described from time to time in our filings with the SEC. 

Some of these and other factors are discussed in this report under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in 
this Form 10-K. Such developments could have an adverse impact on our financial position and our results of operations. 

Any of the forward-looking statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they 
are  made.  Except  as  required  by  law,  we  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking 
statements included in this report or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such 
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and 
assumptions, the forward-looking statements discussed in this report might not occur and you should not put undue reliance 
on any forward-looking statements. 

As  used  throughout  this  report,  the  terms  “we,”  “our,”  “us,”  or  the  “Company”  refer  to  Mid-Southern 

Bancorp, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary, Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB, unless the context otherwise requires. 

4 

 
 
Item 1. Business 

General 

PART I 

Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc., an Indiana corporation, is the savings and loan holding company of Mid-Southern 
Savings  Bank,  FSB  (the  “Bank”  or  “Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank”).  On  July 11,  2018,  Mid-Southern  Bancorp, Inc. 
completed a public offering and share exchange as part of the Bank’s “second step” conversion from the mutual holding 
company  structure  and  the  elimination  of  Mid-Southern,  M.H.C.  (the  “Conversion”).  Upon  consummation  of  the 
Conversion, the Company  became  the holding company  for  the Bank  and now  owns  all of the issued  and outstanding 
shares  of  the  Bank’s  common  stock.  Concurrent  with  the  offering,  shares  of  Bank  common  stock  owned  by  public 
stockholders were exchanged for 2.3462 shares of the Company’s common stock, with cash being paid in lieu of issuing 
fractional shares. All share and per share information in this report for periods prior to the Conversion has been adjusted 
to  reflect  the  2.3462:1  exchange  ratio  on  publicly  traded  shares.  See  Note 1  of  the  Notes to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements contained in Item 8 of this report for more information. 

At  December 31,  2020,  the  Company  had  total  assets  of  $235.4  million,  total  deposits of  $174.1  million  and 
stockholders’ equity of $49.0 million. The Company’s executive offices are located in Salem, Indiana. The Company is 
subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve. Substantially all of the Company’s business is conducted through the Bank 
which is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"), its primary regulator, and by the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), the insurer of its deposits. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to 
applicable legal limits under the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF"). The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank 
of Indianapolis ("FHLB" or “FHLB of Indianapolis”) which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan 
Bank System (“FHLB System”). 

Our Business 

Our  business  activities  are  primarily  conducted  through  Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank,  a  federally  chartered 
savings bank headquartered in Salem, Indiana, which is located in Southern Indiana approximately 40 miles northwest of 
Louisville, Kentucky. Mid-Southern Savings Bank conducts business from its main office in Salem and through its branch 
offices  located  in  Mitchell  and  Orleans,  Indiana  and  a  loan  production  office  located  in  New  Albany,  Indiana.  Mid-
Southern Savings Bank’s market area includes Washington, Lawrence, Orange and Floyd counties in Indiana, and, to a 
lesser extent, contiguous counties. 

Mid-Southern Savings Bank’s principal business consists of originating one-to-four family residential real estate 
mortgage loans, including home equity lines of credit, and to a lesser extent, commercial and multi-family real estate, and 
construction loans. We also offer commercial business and other consumer loans. We offer a variety of retail deposits to 
the general public in the areas surrounding our main office and our branch offices with interest rates that are competitive 
with those of similar products offered by other financial institutions in our market area. We also may utilize borrowings 
as a source of funds. Our revenues are derived primarily from interest on loans and, to a lesser extent, interest on investment 
securities and mortgage-backed securities. 

Our principal executive offices are located at 300 North Water Street, Salem, Indiana 47167 and our telephone 

number is (812) 883-2639. Our web site address is www.mid-southern.com. 

Human Capital 

Mid-Southern  Bancorp,  Inc.  values  our  employees,  customers,  vendors,  marketplace  and  community.  At 
December 31, 2020, we employed 47 full-time equivalent employees. We continually strive to recognize the contributions 
of  each  individual  to  our  organization,  and  we  are  committed  to  providing  a  welcoming  culture of  respect  to  all.  The 
Company provides professional development opportunities and tuition reimbursement to team members and continually 
seeks to improve staff retention, career development and satisfaction. All employees are evaluated at least annually so that 
the individual receives feedback from his or her performance and to identify opportunities for improvement. 

5 

In light of the recent events surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has been committed to providing 
a  healthy  and  safe  environment  for  our  employees,  our  customers,  our  partners  and  our  communities.  In  response  to 
recommendations from federal, state and local health officials, we have deployed several protocols to mitigate risk, and 
we  continually  evaluate  and  update  our  protocols  based  upon  the  most-recent  information  available.  These  protocols 
include  temperature  checks  for  all  employees  and  vendors  entering  buildings,  face  mask  requirements,  signage 
encouraging social distancing, protective shielding in all customer-facing locations and daily cleaning routines. Whenever 
possible and practical, the Company offers flexible arrangements, including remote working. 

Market Area 

We are headquartered in Salem, Indiana (Washington County). Salem is the county seat of Washington County 
and is located approximately 40 miles northwest of Louisville, Kentucky. We have a branch located in each of Mitchell, 
Indiana (Lawrence County) and Orleans, Indiana (Orange County) and a loan production office in New Albany, Indiana 
(Floyd  County).  Our  market  area  includes  all  of  Lawrence,  Orange,  Washington  and  Floyd  counties  and  extends  into 
surrounding areas. 

Based on the 2010 U.S. Census the market area had an aggregate population of 168,814. According to the U.S. 
Census Bureau’s 2015 population estimates, the market area is expected to experience an increase in its population through 
2030, but then decline slightly through 2050. Three of the four counties’ population rate is estimated to decrease in our 
market area from 2010 through 2050. The 2018 median household income in the four-county market area is $51,566 which 
is lower than the state and national levels. Indiana’s seasonally-adjusted unemployment rate as of December 2020 was 
4.3%, which is lower than the national average of 6.7%, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Two counties in 
our market area – Lawrence and Orange – had non-seasonally adjusted unemployment rates higher than the state’s average, 
while Washington and Floyd counties had non-seasonally adjusted unemployment rates lower than the state average. 

Our markets provide a diversified economic  and employment base in the manufacturing, service, health care, 
agricultural, and governmental sectors. Within Washington County, nine of the top ten employers are located in Salem 
where  we  are  headquartered.  Salem’s  largest  employers  include  a  mix  of  the  manufacturing,  health  care,  retail  and 
construction industries. Manufacturing employs nearly 2,800 individuals or 23.1% of the workforce in the county. The 
largest employers include GKN Sinter Metals (powdered metal products), Kimball Office Casegoods (wood furniture), 
Peerless Gear (industrial gears) and Walmart Supercenter. 

Orange  County’s  largest  industry  concentrations  are  in  the  manufacturing,  accommodation/food  services, 
healthcare, manufacturing and education sectors. A majority of the major employers in the county (including Electricom, 
Wildwood Association, Paoli Peaks, Walmart Supercenter, and IU Health Paoli Hospital) are located in the county seat of 
Paoli. The manufacturing section employs 25.0% of the county workforce, with accommodation/food services (driven by 
the French Lick and West Baden Springs resorts and casinos in French Lick) employing 13.8% of the workforce. 

Lawrence  County’s  largest  industry  concentrations  are  in  the  manufacturing,  healthcare,  retail  trade,  and 
governmental sectors. A majority of the largest employers in the county (including GM Powertrain, IU Health Bedford 
Hospital, Walmart Supercenter, Times-mail and Lowe’s Home Improvement) are located in the county seat of Bedford. 
Lehigh Hanson, a leading supplier of cement and other building materials, operates a cement facility in Mitchell. Mitchell 
is located approximately ten miles south of Bedford. 

Floyd County offers a diverse mix of industry among the manufacturing, healthcare, retail trade and educational 
sectors.  The  manufacturing  sector  employs  16.1%  of  the  county  workforce,  with  the  healthcare  and  retail  sectors 
employing 15.3% and 11.4% of the workforce, respectively.  New Albany is home to a majority of Floyd County’s largest 
employers  including  Baptist  Health  Floyd,  NYX  New  Albany  (formerly  Beach  Mold &  Tool),  Indiana  University 
Southeast, Samtec Inc., Hitachi Cable America, Discount Labels, Inc. and Fire King Security Group. 

Lending Activities 

General. Our historical principal lending activity has been originating one-to-four family residential real estate 
loans  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  commercial  real  estate  loans,  commercial  business  loans,  home  equity  lines  of  credit, 

6 

construction and consumer loans. More recently, we have sought to increase our commercial real estate and commercial 
construction and commercial business lending in an effort to diversify our overall loan portfolio, increase the overall yield 
earned on our loans and assist in managing interest rate risk. 

Our strategic plan continues to focus on residential real estate lending and to gradually increase our commercial 
real estate loans, commercial real estate construction loans and commercial business loans in our market area. As part of 
the commercial loan strategy, we seek to use our commercial relationships to grow our commercial transactional deposit 
accounts. While we generally retain in our portfolio all loans we originate, beginning in October 2019, we began brokering 
fixed-rate one-to-four family residential loans for sale in the secondary market. 

The following table presents information concerning the composition of our loan portfolio, by the type of loan as 

of the dates indicated: 

2020 

2019 

     Amount    Percent 

  Amount       Percent 

At December 31, 
2018 

  Amount       Percent 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2017 

2016 

  Amount        Percent 

  Amount       Percent 

Real estate loans: 
One-to-four family residential 
Multi-family residential 
Residential construction 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial real estate construction 

Total real estate loans 

  $  66,130  
 8,964  
 2,083  
 30,171  
 851  
   108,199  

 57.6 %    $   71,606   
 9,260   
 367   
 32,311   
 2,867   
     116,411   

 7.8  
 1.8  
 26.3  
 0.7  
 94.2  

 57.4 %     $  80,322   
 7,054   
 —   
      27,153   
 5,100   
     119,629   

 7.4  
 0.3  
 25.9  
 2.3  
 93.3  

 62.9 %     $  79,899   
 6,352   
 108   
      22,315   
 2,061   
     110,735   

 5.5  
 —  
 21.3  
 4.0  
 93.7  

 68.6 %    $  80,982   
 5,464   
 767   
      23,184   
 710   
     111,107   

 5.4  
 0.1  
 19.1  
 1.8  
 95.0  

 69.2 % 
 4.7  
 0.7  
 19.8  
 0.6  
 95.0  

Commercial business loans 

 5,212  

 4.5  

 6,456   

 5.2  

 5,939   

 4.6  

 3,875   

 3.3  

 3,776   

 3.2  

Consumer loans 

 1,442  

 1.3  

 1,875   

 1.5  

 2,199   

 1.7  

 1,978   

 1.7  

 2,118   

 1.8  

Total loans 

   114,853  

 100.0 %       124,742   

 100.0 %        127,767   

 100.0 %        116,588   

 100.0 %       117,001   

 100.0 % 

Deferred loan origination fees and 
costs, net 
Allowance for loan losses 

Total loans, net 

Loan Maturity Table 

 (5)   
 (1,589)   
  $ 113,259    

 28   
 (1,498)  
  $  123,272   

 30   
 (1,504)  
  $ 126,293   

 31   
 (1,723)  
  $ 114,896   

 24   
 (2,503)  
  $ 114,522   

The following table illustrates the contractual maturity of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2020. Mortgages 
that have adjustable or renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the contract is due. 
The total amount of loans due after December 31, 2021, which have fixed interest rates, is $12.1 million, while the total 
amount of loans due after such date, which have adjustable interest rates, is $89.7 million. The table does not reflect the 
effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses. 

Real Estate Mortgage 

  One-to-Four  Multi-    Residential   
     Family 

     Family      Construction    Commercial     Construction      Business 

    Consumer      Total(1) 

 4,025    $  862    $ 

 2,071    $ 

 3,184    $ 

 307    $ 

 1,981    $ 

 612   $  13,042 

(In thousands) 

  Commercial   Commercial 

 11,398       1,854     
 50,707       6,248     

 12     
 —     

 7,440     
 19,547     

Total 

  $   66,130   $ 8,964   $ 

 2,083   $   30,171   $ 

 542     
 2     
 851   $ 

 2,841     
 390     

    24,899 
 812  
    76,912 
 18  
 5,212   $  1,442   $ 114,853 

Amounts due in: 

   $ 

One year or less(2) 
More than one year 
to five years 
More than five years     

(1)  Excludes net deferred loan origination fees and costs. 
(2)  Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity and overdraft loans. 

Largest Borrowing Relationships.  At December 31, 2020, the maximum amount under federal law that we 
could lend to any one borrower and the borrower’s related entities was approximately $5.8 million. Our five largest lending 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
   
 
   
    
    
   
    
    
   
    
    
   
    
   
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
 
 
 
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
    
 
relationships totaled $10.2 million in the aggregate, or 8.9% of our $114.9 million total loan portfolio, at December 31, 
2020.  The  largest  relationship  at  December 31,  2020  consisted  of  $2.2  million  to  commonly  owned  businesses 
collateralized  by  multi-family  residential  property  and  land  to  be  developed  for  residential  use  with  unfunded  loan 
commitments to this relationship totaling  $950,000.  The next four  largest lending  relationships at December 31, 2020, 
were  $2.5  million  in  loans  to  a  business  collateralized  by  multi-family  and  non-owner  occupied  one-to-four  family 
residential property; $694,000 in loans to commonly owned businesses, collateralized by non-owner occupied one-to-four 
residential property and commercial real estate property with unfunded loans commitments to this relationship totaling 
$1.8 million; $2.4 million in loans to commonly owned businesses collateralized by commercial business and commercial 
real estate property; and $2.4 million in loans to commonly owned businesses collateralized by multi-family residential 
property. As of December 31, 2020, all of these loans were performing in accordance with their repayment terms. 

One-to-Four Family Real Estate Lending. Our primary lending activity consists of  the  origination of loans 
secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residences, substantially all of which are secured by property located in 
our geographic lending area. We originate primarily adjustable-rate loans. Beginning in October 2019, we entered into a 
loan brokering agreement with United Wholesale Mortgage (“UWM”). Under the agreement we perform loan application 
and preliminary underwriting activities to determine if potential loans conform to the underwriting standards of Fannie 
Mae (“conforming”). Conforming loans are then funded by UWM and we receive a fee for services performed. Through 
this relationship, we brokered 28 loans in 2020 and seven loans in 2019. Residential loans which do not conform to the 
underwriting standards of Fannie Mae ("non-conforming"), may be funded by us and held in our loan portfolio. 

Most  of  our  loans  are  underwritten  using  generally-accepted  underwriting  guidelines. The  one-to-four  family 
loans we originate are generally retained in our portfolio. Our pricing strategy for mortgage loans includes establishing 
interest rates that are competitive with other local financial institutions and consistent with our internal asset and liability 
management objectives. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we originated $9.3 million and $986,000 of one-to-
four family adjustable-rate mortgage (“ARM”) and fixed-rate mortgage loans, respectively. At December 31, 2020, one-
to-four family residential mortgage loans totaled $66.1 million, or 57.6%, of our total loan portfolio, of which $61.9 million 
were ARM loans and $4.2 million were fixed-rate loans. 

A large portion of the one-to-four family residential mortgage loans we originate and retain in our portfolio consist 
of loans that would be considered non-conforming as  it relates  to  the ability  to  sell  to Fannie  Mae or  other  secondary 
market purchasers. Some of these loans are also originated to meet the needs of borrowers who cannot otherwise satisfy 
Fannie  Mae  credit  requirements  because  of  personal  and  financial  reasons  (i.e.,  divorce,  bankruptcy,  length  of  time 
employed, etc.), and other aspects, which do not conform to Fannie Mae’s guidelines. Such borrowers may have higher 
debt-to-income  ratios,  or  the  loans  are  secured  by  unique  properties  in  rural  markets  for  which  there  are  no  sales  of 
comparable  properties  to  support  the  value  according  to  secondary  market  requirements.  We  may  require  additional 
collateral or lower loan-to-value ratios to reduce the risk of these loans. We believe that these loans satisfy a need in our 
market area. As a result, subject to market conditions, we intend to continue to originate these types of loans. 

We generally underwrite our one-to-four family loans based on the applicant’s employment and credit history 
and  the  appraised  value  of  the  subject  property.  We  generally  lend  up  to  80%  of  the  lesser  of  the  appraised  value  or 
purchase price for one-to-four family first mortgage loans and non-owner occupied first mortgage loans. At December 31, 
2020 we had $15.2 million of non-owner occupied first mortgage loans. Properties securing our one-to-four family loans 
are generally appraised by independent fee appraisers who are selected in accordance with criteria approved by the board 
of directors. It is Mid-Southern Savings Bank’s policy to require title insurance policies on all mortgage real estate loans 
originated in the amount of $500,000 or more. Homeowners, liability, fire and, if required, flood insurance policies are 
also required for one-to-four family loans. Our real estate loans generally contain a “due on sale” clause allowing us to 
declare the unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the security property. The average size of our one-
to-four family residential loans was approximately $75,000 at December 31, 2020. 

Fixed-rate  loans  secured  by  one-to-four  family  residences  have  contractual  maturities  of  up  to  30 years.  At  

December 31, 2020, we had no one-to-four family loans with an original contractual maturity in excess of 30 years. 

Consumer-purpose ARM loans are offered with an initial fixed rate for up to five years. Adjustments and life-
time rate caps that vary based on the product, generally have a maximum annual rate change of 2.25% and a maximum 

8 

overall rate change of 6.00%. Commercial-purpose ARM loans generally have negotiated structures as it relates to rate 
floors, caps and margins over an index. We generally use the rate on the five-year Treasury Bills to re-price our ARM 
loans, however, as a consequence of using caps, the interest rates on ARM loans may not be as rate-sensitive as our cost 
of  funds.  Furthermore,  because  loan  indexes  may  not  respond  perfectly  to  changes  in  market  interest  rates,  upward 
adjustments on loans may occur more slowly than increases in our cost of interest-bearing liabilities, especially during 
periods of rapidly increasing interest rates. Because of these characteristics, yields on ARM loans may not be sufficient to 
offset increases in our cost of funds. 

Included in our one-to-four family loans are manufactured home loans that are considered a permanent dwelling. 
We originate new and used manufactured home loans to borrowers who intend to use the home as a primary residence. 
Our weighted average yield on manufactured home loans at December 31, 2020 was 4.70%, compared to 4.49% for one-
to-four family mortgages. At December 31, 2020, these loans totaled $6.2 million, or 5.4% of our total loan portfolio. We 
underwrite these loans based on our review of creditworthiness of the borrower, including credit scores, and the value of 
the collateral, for which we hold a security interest under Indiana law. 

Manufactured  home  loans  are  higher  risk  than  loans  secured  by  residential  real  property,  though  this  risk  is 
reduced if the owner also owns the land on which the home is located. A small portion of our manufactured home loans 
involve properties on which we also have financed the land for the owner. The primary additional risk in manufactured 
home loans is the difficulty in obtaining adequate value for the collateral due to the cost and limited ability to move the 
collateral. In addition to the cost of moving a manufactured home, it is difficult for these borrowers to find a new location 
for their home. First-time homebuyers of manufactured homes tend to be a higher credit risk than first-time homebuyers 
of single-family residences, due to more limited financial resources. We attempt to work out delinquent loans with the 
borrower and, if that is not successful, any repossessed manufactured homes are repossessed and sold. At December 31, 
2020, there were $275,000 in nonperforming manufactured home loans and no manufactured home properties in our other 
real estate owned ("OREO") or repossessed assets portfolio. 

Home Equity Lending. We originate home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Home equity lines of 
credit generally consist of variable-rates. We originate home equity loans and lines of credit in amounts of up to 80% of 
the value of the collateral, minus any senior liens on the property. Home equity lines of credit are typically originated with 
an adjustable rate of interest, based on  the Wall Street  Journal  Prime Rate plus  a  margin.  Home equity  lines of credit 
generally  have  up  to  a  ten-year  draw  period,  during  which  time  the  funds  may  be  paid  down  and  redrawn  up  to  the 
committed amount. Once the draw period has lapsed, the home equity line of credit matures with all moneys owed being 
due and payable. At December 31, 2020, home equity lines of credit totaled $3.0 million, or 2.6% of our total loan portfolio. 
At December 31, 2020, unfunded commitments on these lines of credit totaled $4.2 million. 

Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Lending. We offer a variety of commercial real estate and multi-
family loans. Most of these loans are secured by commercial income-producing properties, including retail centers, multi-
family  apartment  buildings,  warehouses,  and  office  buildings  located  in  our  market  area.  At  December 31,  2020, 
commercial and multi-family loans totaled $39.1 million, or 34.1% of our total loan portfolio. 

Our loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate are generally originated with a variable interest 
rate, fixed for a five, seven or ten-year term and a 20-year amortization period. At the end of the initial term, there is a 
balloon payment or the loan re-prices every one to five years during the remaining term based on an independent index 
matching the ongoing repricing term plus a margin of 1.0% to 4.0%. Loan-to-value ratios on our commercial and multi-
family loans typically do not exceed  80%  of the lower  of cost or appraised  value of the  property securing the  loan at 
origination. 

Loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate are generally underwritten based on the net operating 
income of the property, global cash flow of the borrower, quality and location of the real estate, the credit history and 
financial strength of the borrower and the quality of management involved with the property. The net operating income or 
global cash flow of the borrower must be sufficient to cover the payments related to the outstanding debt plus an additional 
coverage requirement. We generally impose a minimum project debt coverage ratio of approximately 1.2x for the borrower 
or 1.35x global cash flow. The global cash flow takes into consideration the living expenses of the persons involved in the 
request and tax obligations. For originated loans secured by income producing commercial properties, if the borrower is 

9 

other  than  an  individual,  we  generally  require  the  personal  guaranty  of  the  borrower.  We  also  generally  require  an 
assignment of rents or leases in order to be assured that the cash flow from the project will be used to repay the debt. 
Appraisals  on  properties  securing  commercial  and  multi-family  loans  are  performed  by  independent  state  certified  or 
licensed fee appraisers and approved by the Director’s Loan Committee. In order to monitor the adequacy of cash flows 
on income-producing properties, the borrower is required to provide, at a minimum, annual financial information. From 
time to time we also acquire participation interests in commercial and multi-family loans originated by other financial 
institutions secured by properties located in our market area or in the general proximity of our market area. During 2020 
we did not purchase any commercial or multi-family loan participations. 

Historically,  loans  secured  by  commercial  and  multi-family  properties  generally  involve different  credit risks 
than one-to-four family properties, including the fact they cannot be sold as easily on the secondary market. These loans 
typically involve larger balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Because payments on loans secured 
by  commercial  and  multi-family  properties  are  often  dependent  on  the  successful  operation  or  management  of  the 
properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. If the 
cash flow from the project is reduced, or if leases are not obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may 
be impaired. Commercial and multi-family loans also expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by one-to-
four family because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as one-to-four family. In addition, 
some of our commercial and multi-family loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. 
Balloon  payments  may  require  the  borrower  to  either  sell  or  refinance  the  underlying  property  in  order  to  make  the 
payment,  which  may  increase  the  risk  of  default  or  non-payment.  Our  largest  single  commercial  and  multi-family 
borrowing relationship at December 31, 2020, totaled $2.4 million and is collateralized by multiple commercial real estate 
properties. At December 31, 2020, these loans were performing in accordance with their repayment terms. 

Construction Lending. We  originate  construction loans secured by single-family residences  and commercial 
and multi-family real estate. We also originate land and lot loans, which are secured by raw land or developed lots on 
which the borrower intends to build a residence, and land acquisition and development loans. At December 31, 2020, our 
construction loans, including land and lot loans and land acquisition and development loans totaled $2.9 million, or 2.5% 
of our total loan portfolio. At December 31, 2020, unfunded construction loan commitments totaled $3.8 million. 

We originate construction loans to individuals and contractors for the construction and acquisition of personal 
residences whether or not the collateral property underlying the loan is under contract for sale. At December 31, 2020, 
construction loans to contractors for homes that were not pre-sold totaled $848,000 and are classified as commercial real 
estate construction loans. 

Our  residential  construction  loans  generally  provide  for  the  payment  of  interest  only  during  the  construction 
phase, which is typically up to twelve months. We typically convert construction loans to individuals to permanent loans 
on completion of construction but if Mid-Southern Savings Bank does not intend to provide the permanent financing, we 
require a take-out financing commitment prior to origination. At the end of the construction phase, the construction loan 
generally either converts  to  a longer-term  mortgage loan or is paid off  through  a permanent loan from  another lender. 
Residential  construction  loans  are  made  up  to  the  lesser  of  a  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  of  90%  of  cost  or  80%  of 
appraised value at completion. 

At December 31, 2020, residential construction mortgage loans to individuals totaled $2.1 million. Before making 
a commitment to fund a residential construction loan, we require an appraisal of the subject property by an independent 
licensed appraiser. During the construction phase, we make periodic inspections of the construction site and loan proceeds 
are  disbursed  directly  to  the  contractors  or  borrowers  as  construction  progresses.  Typically,  disbursements  are  made 
in monthly draws during the construction period. Loan proceeds are disbursed after inspection based on the percentage of 
completion method. We also require general liability, builder’s risk hazard insurance, title insurance (loans in excess of 
$500,000), and flood insurance (as applicable, for properties located or to be built in a designated flood hazard area) on all 
construction loans. 

We also originate developed lot and land loans to individuals intending to construct in the future a residence on 
the property. We will generally originate these loans in an amount up to 80% of the lower of the purchase price or appraisal. 
These lot and land loans are secured by a first lien on the property and have a fixed rate of interest with an initial term of 

10 

five years  or  less  and  a  maximum  amortization  of  20 years.  At  December 31,  2020,  we  had  no  lot  and  land  loans  to 
individuals. 

We make land acquisition and development loans to experienced home builders or residential lot developers in 
our market area. The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to these loans is generally 80% of the appraised market 
value upon completion of the project. We do not require any cash equity from the borrower if there is sufficient equity in 
the land being used as collateral. Development  plans  are  required from developers  prior to  making the loan. Our loan 
officers are required to personally visit the proposed site of the development. We require that developers maintain adequate 
insurance coverage. Land acquisition and development loans generally are originated with a loan term up to 24 months, 
have adjustable rates of interest based on the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate and require interest only payments during the 
term of the loan. Development loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as 
inspection by our approved inspectors warrant. We also require these loans to be paid on an accelerated basis as the lots 
are sold, so that we are repaid before all the lots are sold. At December 31, 2020, we had $2.8 million in land acquisition 
and development loans within our commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios. At December 31, 2020, our 
largest land acquisition and development relationship consisted of one loan totaling $1.5 million, secured by single family 
residential lots located in our market area. At December 31, 2020, this loan relationship was performing in accordance 
with its repayment terms. At December 31, 2020, unfunded loan commitments related to land acquisition and development 
totaled $158,000. 

We also offer commercial and multi-family construction loans. These loans are underwritten with construction 
financing for up to 12 months under terms similar to our residential construction loans. On completion of the construction 
period the loan by its terms converts to a permanent commercial real estate loan with terms similar to our other permanent 
commercial and multi-family real estate loans. At December 31, 2020, we had $851,000 in commercial and multi-family 
construction loans. 

Construction and land financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than longer-term 
financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy 
of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including 
interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction costs is inaccurate, we may be required to 
advance funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property and may have to hold 
the property for an indeterminate period of time. Additionally, if the estimate of value is inaccurate, we may be confronted 
with  a  project  that,  when  completed,  has  a  value  that  is  insufficient  to  generate  full  payment.  Land  loans  also  pose 
additional  risk  because  of  the  lack  of  income  being  produced  by  the  property  and  the  potential  illiquid  nature  of  the 
collateral. The value of the lots securing our loans may be affected by the success of the development in which they are 
located. As a result, construction loans and land loans often involve the disbursement of funds with repayment dependent, 
in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or refinance the 
indebtedness, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. The nature of these loans 
is also such that they are generally more difficult to monitor. In addition, speculative construction loans to a builder are 
often  associated  with  homes  that  are  not  pre-sold,  and  thus  pose  a  greater  potential  risk  than  construction  loans  to 
individuals on their personal residences. 

Consumer Lending. We offer a variety of secured consumer loans, including new and used manufactured homes, 
automobiles,  boats  and  recreational  vehicle  loans,  and  loans  secured  by  savings  deposits.  We  also  offer  unsecured 
consumer loans. We originate our consumer loans primarily in our market area. All of our consumer loans are originated 
on a direct basis. 

We make loans on new and used automobiles. Our automobile loan portfolio totaled $674,000 at December 31, 
2020, or 46.7% of our consumer loan portfolio and 0.6% of our total loan portfolio. Automobile loans may be written for 
a term of up to 72 months and have fixed rates of interest. Loan-to-value ratios are generally up to 100% of the purchase 
price for qualified borrowers if the Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) credit score is 700 or greater of either the borrower 
or co-borrower and the debt-to-income ratio is 35% or less. Borrowers who do not meet these criteria but still qualify in 
accordance  with  our  underwriting  guidelines  may  borrow  up  to  80%  of  the  purchase  price.  We  follow  our  internal 
underwriting guidelines in evaluating automobile loans, including credit scoring, verification of employment, reviewing 
debt-to-income ratios and valuation of the underlying collateral. 

11 

Our consumer loans also include loans secured by new and used manufactured homes not considered permanent 
dwellings, new and used boats, motorcycles and recreational vehicles, loans secured by deposits and unsecured personal 
loans, all of which, at December 31, 2020, totaled $769,000 or 53.3% of our consumer loan portfolio and 0.7% of our total 
loan portfolio. These loans typically have terms from five to ten years depending on the collateral and loan-to-value ratios 
up to 80% and have either fixed or adjustable interest rates. 

Our unsecured consumer loans have either a fixed rate of interest generally for a maximum term of 36 months, 
or are revolving lines of credit of generally up to $25,000. At December 31, 2020, there were no outstanding loans or 
unfunded commitments for unsecured consumer lines of credit. 

Consumer loans (other than our manufactured homes) generally have shorter terms to maturity, which reduces 
our exposure to changes in interest rates. In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to 
expand  and  create  stronger  ties  to  our  existing  customer base  by  increasing  the  number  of  customer  relationships  and 
providing cross-marketing opportunities. 

Consumer loans generally entail greater risk than do one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, particularly 
in the case of consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as manufactured homes, automobiles, 
boats and recreational vehicles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate 
source  of  repayment  of  the  outstanding  loan  balance.  As  a  result,  consumer  loan  collections  are  dependent  on  the 
borrower’s continuing financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or 
personal bankruptcy. 

Commercial Business Lending. At December 31, 2020, commercial business loans totaled $5.2 million, or 4.5% 
of our total loan portfolio. Substantially all of our commercial business loans have been to borrowers in our market area. 
Our commercial business lending activities encompass loans with a variety of purposes and security, including loans to 
finance commercial vehicles and equipment. Approximately $790,000 of our commercial business loans at December 31, 
2020  were  unsecured.  Our  commercial  business  lending  policy  includes  credit  file  documentation  and  analysis  of  the 
borrower’s background, capacity to repay the loan, the adequacy of the borrower’s capital and collateral, as well as an 
evaluation of other conditions affecting the borrower. Analysis of the borrower’s past, present and future cash flows is 
also an important aspect of our credit analysis. We generally require personal guarantees on both our secured and unsecured 
commercial business loans. Nonetheless, commercial business loans are believed to carry higher credit risk than residential 
mortgage loans. 

Our interest rates on commercial business loans are dependent on the type of lending. Our secured commercial 
business loans typically have a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80% and are term loans ranging from three to five years. Secured 
commercial business term loans generally have a fixed rate. In addition, we typically charge loan fees of 0.25% to 2.0% 
of the principal amount at origination, depending on the credit quality and account relationships of the borrower. Business 
lines of credit are usually adjustable-rate and are based on the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 0% to 3.75%, and are 
generally originated with both a floor and ceiling to the interest rate. Our business lines of credit have terms ranging from 
12 months to 24 months and provide for interest-only monthly payments during the term. 

Our commercial business loans are primarily made based on the cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on 
the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The borrower’s cash flow may be unpredictable, and collateral securing 
these loans may fluctuate in value. Most often, this collateral is accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or real estate. 
In the case of loans secured by accounts  receivable, the  availability of funds for the  repayment of these  loans  may be 
substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. Other collateral securing 
loans may depreciate over  time, may be difficult  to  appraise, may be illiquid  and may fluctuate  in value based  on the 
specific  type  of  business  and  equipment  used.  As  a  result,  the  availability  of  funds  for  the  repayment  of  commercial 
business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is often dependent in 
part upon general economic conditions). 

Lending Authority. Both our President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Executive Vice President and 
Senior  Loan  Officer  may  individually  approve  unsecured  loans  up  to  $100,000  and  all  types  of  secured  loans  up  to 
$200,000. The Lending Group (defined as President and CEO, Senior Loan Officer and Chief Credit Officer) may approve 

12 

unsecured loans up to $150,000 and all types of secured loans up to $1.0 million. The Director’s Loan Committee approves 
unsecured loans up to $500,000 and secured loans up to $2.0 million. Any loans over the Director’s Loan Committee limit 
must  be  approved  by  the full  board  of  directors.  All  loan  policy  exceptions  must  be  approved  by  the  Director’s  Loan 
Committee, the CEO or the Senior Loan Officer up to the committee’s, CEO’s or Senior Loan Officer’s lending authority. 
All policy exception loans of $10,000 or more must be reported to the board of directors within 45 days. 

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Repayments and Servicing 

We originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans. Our ability to originate loans, however, is dependent upon 
customer demand for loans in our market area. Over the past few years, we have continued to originate residential and 
consumer  loans,  and  increased  our emphasis  on  commercial  and  multi-family,  construction  and  land,  and  commercial 
business lending. Demand is affected by competition and the interest rate environment. During the past few years, we, like 
many  other  financial  institutions,  have  experienced  significant  prepayments  on  loans  due  to  the  low  interest  rate 
environment prevailing in the United States. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we did not acquire any 
loans. We underwrite participations to the same standards as an internally-originated loan. 

In  addition  to  interest  earned  on  loans  and  loan  origination  fees,  we  receive  fees  for  loan  commitments,  late 

payments and other miscellaneous services. 

Asset Quality 

When  a  borrower  fails  to  make  a  required  payment  on  a  one-to-four  family  loan,  we  attempt  to  cure  the 
delinquency  by  contacting  the  borrower.  In  the  case  of  loans  secured  by  a  one-to-four  family  property,  a  late  notice 
typically is sent 15 days after the due date, and the borrower is  contacted  by phone within  30 days after  the due date. 
Generally, a delinquency letter is mailed to the borrower. All delinquent accounts are reviewed by a loan account executive 
or branch manager who attempts to cure the delinquency by contacting the borrower once the loan is 30 days past due. If 
the account becomes 90 days delinquent and an acceptable repayment plan has not been agreed upon, we generally refer 
the account to legal counsel with instructions to prepare a notice of intent to foreclose. 

Delinquent consumer loans, as well as delinquent home equity loans and lines of credit, are handled in a similar 
manner  to  one-to-four  family  loans,  except  that  appropriate  action  may  be  taken  to  collect  any  loan  payment  that  is 
delinquent for more than 15 days. Once the loan is 90 days past due, it is classified as nonaccrual. Generally, credits are 
charged-off at 120 days past due. Our procedures for repossession and sale of consumer collateral are subject to various 
requirements under the applicable consumer protection laws as well as other applicable laws and the determination by us 
that it would be beneficial from a cost basis. 

Delinquent loans are initially handled by the loan officer in charge of the loan, who is responsible for contacting 
the borrower. In addition, management meets weekly and reviews past due and classified loans, as well as other loans that 
management feels may present possible collection problems, which are reported to the board on a monthly basis. If an 
acceptable  workout  of  a  delinquent  loan  cannot  be  agreed  upon,  we  generally  initiate  foreclosure  or  repossession 
proceedings on any collateral securing the loan. 

13 

Delinquent Loans 

Nonperforming Assets. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of nonperforming assets in our 
loan portfolio. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal and/or interest become doubtful or 
when the loan is more than 90 days past due. Foreclosed assets include assets acquired in settlement of loans. We had no 
accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent for the periods reported. 

Non-accruing loans 
Real estate loans 

One-to-four family residential 
Multi-family residential 
Residential construction 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial real estate construction 

Total real estate loans 

Commercial business loans 

Consumer loans 

Total non-accruing loans 

Foreclosed real estate 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 

Total foreclosed real estate 

Repossessed automobiles, recreational vehicles 

2020 

2019 

December 31, 
2018 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2017 

2016 

$

 1,160   $
 —  
 —  
 96  
 —  
 1,256  

 947  
 —  
 —  
 235  
 —  
 1,182  

$ 

 978  
 —  
 —  
 313  
 —  
 1,291  

$ 

 1,333  
 —  
 —  
 535  
 —  
 1,868  

$ 

 1,668  
 —  
 —  
 699  
 —  
 2,367  

 —  

 —  

 4  

 10  

 19  

 —  
 1,256  

 —  
 1,182  

 —  
 1,295  

 —  
 1,878  

 11  
 2,397  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  

 138  
 38  
 176  

 —  

 313  
 —  
 313  

 —  

Total nonperforming assets 

$

 1,256   $

 1,182  

$ 

 1,295  

$ 

 2,054  

$ 

 2,710  

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets 

 0.5 %   

 0.6 %    

 0.6 %    

 1.2 %    

 1.5 %

Restructured loans (excluding those on nonaccrual 
status) 

Real estate loans 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Total real estate loans 

$

 329   $
 185  
 514  

 484  
 365  
 849  

$ 

 879  
 439  
 1,318  

$ 

 877  
 484  
 1,361  

$ 

 1,258  
 759  
 2,017  

Commercial business loans 

 382  

 412  

 467  

 514  

 567  

Consumer loans 

Total 

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 14  

  $

 896   $

 1,261  

$ 

 1,785  

$ 

 1,875  

$ 

 2,598  

For the year ended December 31, 2020, total interest income that would have been recorded had the nonaccrual 
loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $69,000, all of which was excluded in interest 
income for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans. Troubled debt restructurings, which are accounted for under Accounting 
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-40, are loans which have renegotiated loan terms to assist borrowers who are unable 
to meet the original terms of their loans. Such modifications to loan terms may include a lower interest rate, a reduction in 
principal, or a longer term to maturity. All troubled debt restructurings are initially classified as impaired, regardless of 
whether  the  loan  was  performing  at  the  time  it  was  restructured.  Once  a  troubled  debt  restructuring  has  performed 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
    
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
     
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
     
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
    
  
 
  
    
     
 
  
   
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
according to its modified terms for six months and the collection of principal and interest under the revised terms is deemed 
probable, we remove the troubled debt restructuring from nonperforming status. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had 
$896,000 and $1.3 million, respectively, of loans that were classified as troubled debt restructurings and still on accrual. 
Included in nonperforming loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were troubled debt restructured loans of $276,000 and 
$137,000 respectively. 

Foreclosed Assets. We owned no OREO or other repossessed assets at December 31, 2020. 

Other Loans of Concern. In addition to the nonperforming assets set forth in the table above, as of December 31, 
2020,  there  were  seven  loans  totaling  $188,000  with  respect  to  which  known  information  about  the  possible  credit 
problems of the borrowers have  caused  management to have doubts as  to the ability of the borrowers  to comply with 
present  loan  repayment  terms  and  which  may  result  in  the  future  inclusion  of  such  items  in  the  nonperforming  asset 
categories. These loans have been considered individually in management’s determination of our allowance for loan losses. 
The largest loan relationship of concern at December 31, 2020 totaled $54,000 and was secured by one-to-four family 
residential rental property located in Washington County, Indiana. The remaining loans of concern consist of $113,000 in 
residential first mortgages and $21,000 in commercial real estate loans. Loans of concern had no specific loan loss reserves 
at December 31, 2020. 

Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and 
equity  securities  considered  by  the  OCC  to  be  of  lesser  quality,  as  “substandard,”  “doubtful”  or  “loss.”  An  asset  is 
considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of 
the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured 
institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are  not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the 
weaknesses in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection 
or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” 
Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets 
without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose Mid-Southern 
Savings Bank to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses 
are required to be designated as special mention. 

When we classify problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, we may establish specific allowance for loan 
losses  in  an  amount  deemed  prudent  by  management.  Our  determination  as  to  the  classification  of  our  assets  and  the 
amount of our valuation allowances is subject to review by the OCC and the FDIC, which may order the establishment of 
additional general or specific loss allowances. 

We regularly review the problem assets in our portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in 
accordance with applicable regulations. On the basis of management’s review of our assets, at December 31, 2020, we had 
classified $1.4 million of our assets as substandard, which represented a variety of outstanding loans. Classified assets 
totaled $2.9 million, or 5.9% of our equity capital and 1.2% of our assets at December 31, 2020 and $2.1 million, or 4.2% 
of our equity capital and 1.0% of our assets at December 31, 2019. We had $1.5 million of assets classified as special 
mention at December 31, 2020 and no assets classified as special mention as of December 31, 2019. 

Allowance for Loan Losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable loan losses in the loan 
portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing, monthly assessments of the estimated probable incurred losses in the loan 
portfolio. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers the types of loans and the amount 
of loans in the loan portfolio, peer group information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the 
borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. Large groups 
of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as one-to-four family, small commercial and multi-family, home equity and 
consumer  loans,  are  evaluated  in  the  aggregate  using  historical  loss  factors  and  peer  group  data  adjusted  for  current 
economic conditions. 

Our allowance for loan losses totaled $1.6 million, representing 1.4% of total loans at December 31, 2020 and 
$1.5 million and 1.2%, respectively, at December 31, 2019. Specific valuation reserves totaled $55,000 and $78,000 at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

15 

Assessing the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires making material estimates, including 
the amount and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant 
change. In the opinion of management, the allowance, when taken as a whole, properly reflects estimated probable loan 
losses  in  our  loan  portfolio.  See  Notes 1  and  4  of  the  Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information. 

The following table sets forth an analysis of our allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated: 

Balance at beginning of period 

  $  1,498  

$  1,504  

$  2,503  

2020 

2019 

2017 

2016 

December 31,  
2018 
(Dollars in thousands) 
$  1,723  

Charge-offs: 

One-to-four family residential 
Multi-family residential 
Construction 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total charge-offs 

Recoveries: 

One-to-four family residential 
Multi-family residential 
Construction 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total recoveries 
Net charge-offs 
Provision for loan losses (recapture) 

Balance at end of period 

Net charge-offs during the period as a percentage of 
average loans outstanding during the period 

Net charge-offs during the period as a percentage of 
average nonperforming assets 

Allowance as a percentage of nonperforming assets 
Allowance as a percentage of total loans (end of 
period) 

 14  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 21  
 18  
 53  

 58  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 17  
 75  

 182  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 2  
 16  
 200  

 64  
 —  
 —  
 19  
 —  
 18  
 101  

$  3,130  

 218  
 —  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 25  
 244  

 4  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 8  
 12  
 (41) 
 132  
  $  1,589  

 48  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 9  
 57  
 (18)  
 12  
$  1,498  

 162  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 2  
 16  
 181  
 (19) 
 (200) 
$  1,504  

 6  
 —  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 14  
 21  
 (80) 
 (700) 
$  1,723  

 54  
 —  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 11  
 66  
 (178) 
 (449) 
$  2,503  

 — %    

 — %    

 — %     

 0.1 %     

 0.2 %

 3.4 %    

 1.5 %    

 1.1 %     

 3.4 %     

 6.6 %

 126.5 %    

 126.7 %    

 116.1 %     

 91.7 %     

 104.4 %

 1.4 %    

 1.2 %    

 1.2 %     

 1.5 %     

 2.1 %

Nonperforming loans increased to $1.3 million at December 31, 2020 from $1.2 million at December 31, 2019. 
The  allowance  for  loan  losses  as  a percentage  of  total  loans  was  1.4%  and  1.2%  at  December 31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
The distribution of our allowance for losses on loans at the dates indicated is summarized as follows: 

  Percent of    
  Percent of    Loans In    
  Allowance   Category    
  To Total 

2020 

  To Total    2019 
  Loans 

 Amount      Loans 

  Percent of    
  Percent of   Loans In     
  Allowance   Category     

December 31,  

  Percent of    
  Percent of   Loans In     
  Allowance   Category     

  Percent of    
  Percent of   Loans In     
  Allowance   Category     

To Total    To Total   

2018 

To Total    To Total   

2017   

To Total    To Total   

2016 

  Percent of 
  Percent of   Loans In 
  Allowance   Category 
To Total    To Total 

Loans 

  Amount      Loans 

Loans 

  Amount     Loans 

Loans 

  Amount      Loans 

  Loans 

(Dollars in thousands) 

    Amount      Loans 

Allocated at end of 
period to: 

One-to-four family 
residential 
Multi-family 
residential 
Construction 
Commercial real 
estate 
Commercial business   
Consumer 
Total 

  $ 

 992  

 0.9 %   

 57.6 %    $ 

 955   

 0.8 %    

 57.4 %     $  1,012   

 0.8 %    

 62.9 %    $  1,070   

 0.9 %   

 68.6 %    $  1,571   

 1.3 %    

 69.2 %

 98  
 55  

 0.1  
 —  

 7.8  
 2.5  

 83   
 44   

 0.1  
 —  

 7.4  
 2.6  

 59   
 48   

 —  
 —  

 5.5  
 4.0  

 220   
 20   

 0.2  
 —  

 5.4  
 1.9  

 338   
 9   

 0.3  
 —  

 4.7  
 1.3  

 306  
 113  
 25  
$  1,589 

 0.3  
 0.1  
 —  
 1.4 %   

 26.3  
 4.5  
 1.3  

 289   
 102   
 25   
 100.0 %    $  1,498   

 0.2  
 0.1  
 —  
 1.2 %    

 25.9  
 5.2  
 1.5  

 259   
 98   
 28   
 100.0 %     $  1,504   

 0.2  
 0.1  
 —  
 1.1 %    

 21.3  
 4.6  
 1.7  

 269   
 111   
 33   
 100.0 %    $  1,723   

 0.2  
 0.1  
 —  
 1.4 %   

 19.1  
 3.3  
 1.7  

 404   
 134   
 47   
 100.0 %    $  2,503   

 0.3  
 0.1  
 —  
 2.0 %    

 19.8  
 3.2  
 1.8  
 100.0 %

Investment Activities 

Federal  savings  banks  have  the  authority  to  invest  in  various  types  of  liquid  assets,  including  United  States 
Treasury obligations,  securities  of various  federal  agencies,  including  callable  agency  securities,  certain  certificates  of 
deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and federal funds. 
Subject to various restrictions, federal savings banks may also invest their assets in investment grade commercial paper 
and corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that the institution is otherwise 
authorized to make directly. 

Specific investment strategies are formulated by the ALCO committee. The ALCO committee is composed of 
Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank’s  executive  management  team.  The  board  of  directors  will  review  and  approve  these 
investment strategies and then can delegate the authority to execute to ALCO. In addition to authorizing and approving 
the investment policy, the board of directors has the responsibility for the approval of strategies and for monitoring the 
investment  portfolio  of  Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank.  Investment  activities  will  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  Mid-
Southern Savings Bank’s policy and consistent with Mid-Southern Savings Bank’s asset/liability management policy. The 
board of directors has the ultimate responsibility for establishing policy and monitoring management’s compliance with 
the policy. The President is responsible for all investment executions in the portfolio. Mid-Southern Savings Bank retains 
the services of an investment advisor to provide advice to and consult with the board and ALCO on various investment 
strategies. 

The ALCO committee considers various factors when making strategic recommendations to the board of directors 
including  the  marketability,  maturity  and  tax  consequences  of  the  proposed  investment.  The  maturity  structure  of 
investments will be affected by various market conditions, including the current and anticipated slope of the yield curve, 
the level of interest rates, the trend of new deposit inflows, and the anticipated demand for funds via deposit withdrawals 
and loan originations and purchases. 

The general objectives of our investment portfolio will be to provide liquidity when loan demand is high, to assist 
in maintaining earnings when loan demand is low and to maximize earnings while satisfactorily managing risk, including 
credit risk, reinvestment risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk. Our investment quality will emphasize safer investments 
with the yield on those investments secondary to not taking unnecessary risk with the available funds. See “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asset/Liability Management.” 

As a condition of membership at the FHLB, we are required to purchase and hold a certain amount of FHLB 
stock. At December 31, 2020, we owned $778,000 in FHLB stock. Our stock purchase requirement is based, in part, upon 
the outstanding principal balance of advances from the FHLB. FHLB stock has a par value of $100, and is carried at cost. 

The  composition  of  our  investment  securities  portfolio  at  December 31,  2020,  excluding  FHLB  stock,  is  as 
follows:  Federal agency mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $37.7 million and a fair value of $38.0 
million and municipal bonds with an amortized cost of $62.5 million and a fair value of $66.5 million. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
 
    
   
    
    
  
    
   
    
     
 
     
   
    
    
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
    
  
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
  
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
  
    
 
    
 
 
 
   
 
    
  
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
  
    
 
    
 
 
We  review  investment  securities  on  an  ongoing  basis  for  the  presence  of  other-than-temporary  impairment 
(“OTTI”) taking into consideration current market conditions, fair value in relationship to cost, extent and nature of the 
change in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, whether we intend to sell a security or if it is likely that we will be 
required to sell the security before recovery of our amortized cost basis of the investment, which may be maturity, and 
other factors. For debt securities, if we intend to sell the security or it is likely that we will be required to sell the security 
before recovering its cost basis, the entire impairment loss would be recognized in earnings as an OTTI. If we do not intend 
to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security but we do not expect to 
recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit losses 
would be recognized in earnings. The credit loss on a security is measured as the difference between the amortized cost 
basis and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. 

Projected cash flows are discounted by the original or current effective interest rate depending on the nature of 
the  security  being  measured  for  potential  OTTI.  The  remaining  impairment  related  to  all  other  factors,  the  difference 
between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the fair value, is recognized as a charge to other 
comprehensive income. Impairment  losses  related  to  all  other  factors  are presented  as separate categories  within other 
comprehensive income. 

At December 31, 2020, we held no investment securities for which declines in value are considered other-than-
temporary. We do not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the 
securities before anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis. We closely monitor our investment securities 
for changes in credit risk. If market conditions deteriorate and we determine our holdings of these or other investment 
securities  are  OTTI,  our  future  earnings,  stockholders’  equity,  regulatory  capital  and  continuing  operations  could  be 
materially adversely affected. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  composition  of  our  securities  portfolio  and  other  investments  at  the  dates 
indicated. At December 31, 2020, our securities portfolio did not contain securities of any issuer with an aggregate carrying 
value in excess of 10% of our equity capital, excluding those issued by the United States Government or its agencies. 

2020 

  Amortized   
Cost 

Fair 
     Value 

December 31,  

2019 

  Amortized  
     Cost 

Fair 
     Value 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2018 

  Amortized  
     Cost 

Fair 
     Value 

Securities available for sale: 

Municipal obligations 
Mortgage-backed 
Federal agency securities 
Total available for sale 

Securities held to maturity: 

Municipal obligations 
Mortgage-backed 

Total held to maturity 

Restricted equity securities: 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock 

   $  62,497    $  66,445   $ 36,390   $ 37,935   $ 28,653   $ 28,710 
   24,430 
 — 
   53,140 

 38,011  
 37,682     
 —  
 —     
      100,179       104,456  

   20,323  
 —  
   56,713  

   24,709  
 —  
   53,362  

   20,482  
 —  
   58,417  

 —     
 31     
 31     

 —  
 31  
 31  

 —  
 42  
 42  

 —  
 42  
 42  

 45  
 55  
 100  

 45 
 56 
 101 

 778     

 778  

 778  

 778  

 778  

 778 

Total securities 

  $ 100,988   $ 105,265   $ 57,533   $ 59,237   $ 54,240   $ 54,019 

Maturity of Securities 

The composition and contractual maturities of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2020, excluding Federal 
Home  Loan  Bank  stock,  are  indicated  in  the  following  table.  Weighted  average  yields  on  tax  exempt  securities  are 
presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a federal marginal tax rate of 21%. Certain mortgage-backed securities, including 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
      
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
collateralized mortgage obligations, have adjustable interest rates and will reprice annually within the various maturity 
ranges. These repricing schedules are not reflected in the table below. 

  More than One Year to   More than Five Years to  

One Year or Less 

Five Years 

Ten Years 

  Weighted  
  Carrying  Average    Carrying  
     Value        Yield 

Value 

  Weighted   

Average 

      Yield 

  Weighted   

  Carrying   
Value 

      Yield 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Average 

  More than Ten Years   
  Weighted   

  Weighted 
  Carrying   Average    Carrying   Average 
  Value 

      Yield 

     Yield 

  Value 

Total 

Securities available for sale: 

Municipal obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Total available for sale 

Securities held to maturity: 

Municipal obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Total held to maturity 

Sources of Funds 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 — %    $ 
 — %   
 — %    $ 

 4,339   
 1,812   
 6,151   

 1.92 %    $ 
 1.90 %   
 1.92 %    $ 

 7,598   
 6,446   
 14,044   

 3.50 %    $  54,508   
 0.89 %   
    29,753   
 2.25 %    $  84,261   

 3.35 %   $  66,445   
 1.64 %       38,011   
 2.72 %   $ 104,456   

 3.26 %
 1.53 %
 2.61 %

 — %    $ 
 — %   
 — %    $ 

 —   
 4   
 4   

 — %    $ 

 4.17 %   
 4.17 %    $ 

 —   
 3   
 3   

 — %    $ 

 2.57 %   
 2.57 %    $ 

 —   
 24   
 24   

 — %   $
 2.05 %     
 2.05 %   $

 —   
 31   
 31   

 — %
 2.41 %
 2.41 %

General. Our sources of funds are primarily deposits, borrowings, payments of principal and interest on loans 

and funds provided from operations. 

Deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts to both consumers and businesses having a wide range of interest 
rates  and  terms.  Our  deposits  consist  of  savings  accounts,  money  market  deposit  accounts,  demand  accounts  and 
certificates of deposit. We solicit deposits primarily in our market area; however, at December 31, 2020, approximately 
2.5% of our deposits were from persons outside the state of Indiana. As of December 31, 2020, core deposits, which we 
define as our non-certificate or non-time deposit accounts, represented approximately 74.8% of total deposits, compared 
to 64.1% as of December 31, 2019. We primarily rely on competitive pricing policies, marketing and customer service to 
attract and retain these deposits and we expect to continue these practices in the future. 

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and 
prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts we offer has allowed us to be competitive in 
obtaining funds and to respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand. We have become more susceptible to 
short-term fluctuations in deposit flows as customers have become more interest rate conscious. We manage the pricing 
of our deposits in keeping with our asset/liability management, liquidity and profitability objectives, subject to competitive 
factors. Based on our experience, we believe that our deposits are relatively stable sources of funds. Despite this stability, 
our ability to attract and maintain these deposits and the rates paid on them has been and will continue to be significantly 
affected by market conditions. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
  
    
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
    
   
 
  
    
   
 
  
    
   
 
  
    
   
   
    
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
We are a public funds depository and as of December 31, 2020, we had $16.6 million in public funds. These 
funds consisted of $8.3 million in certificates of deposit and savings accounts and $8.3 million in checking accounts at 
December 31, 2020. 

Noninterest bearing checking 
Interest bearing checking 
Savings and money market 
Time deposits: 
Maturing: 

Within one year 
After one year, but within two 
years 
After two years, but within five 
years 
Maturing thereafter 

2020 
Percent 
     of Total 

     Amount 

December 31,  

2019 

2018 

  Increase/   
  (Decrease)       Amount 

Percent 
     of Total 

  Amount 

Percent 
     of Total 

   $  25,939   
 51,522   
 52,779   

(Dollars in thousands) 
 14.9 %   $  8,143   $  17,796   
    39,750   
 29.6  
    36,632   
 30.3  

     11,772  
     16,147  

 12.2 %   $  18,334   
     41,069   
 27.0  
     38,990   
 24.9  

 12.2 % 
 27.2  
 25.8  

 22,610   

 13.0  

     (8,725) 

    31,335   

 21.3  

     17,410   

 11.5  

 9,809   

 5.6  

    (11,073) 

    20,882   

 14.2  

     18,310   

 12.1  

 11,454   
 —   

 6.6  
 —  

     10,880  
 —  

 574   
 —   

 0.4  
 —  

     16,995   
 —   

 11.2  
 —  

Total 

  $ 174,113     100.0 %   $  27,144   $ 146,969     100.0 %   $ 151,108     100.0 % 

Jumbo Certificates 

The following table indicates the amount of our jumbo certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity as 

of December 31, 2020. Jumbo certificates of deposit are certificates in amounts of $100,000 or more. 

Maturity Period 

Three months or less 
Over three through six months 
Over six through twelve months 
Over twelve months 

Total 

Deposit Maturities 

   $ 

Total 
(In thousands) 
 3,306 
 1,765 
 2,736 
 8,693 
 16,500 

$ 

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of time deposits categorized by rates at December 31, 

2020. 

0.00 - 0.99% 
1.00 - 1.99% 
2.00 - 2.99% 

Total certificates of deposit 

Amount due 

  After 1 Year  After 3 Years 
  Through 3   

Through 5    After 5  

    Within 1 year     Years 

Years 

     Years      Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Percent 
     of Total 

   $ 

 11,145    $ 
 7,425     
 4,040     

 7,374    $ 
 7,561     
 620     

  $ 

 22,610   $   15,555   $ 

 2,639    $  —   $ 21,158   
   18,055   
 —  
 3,069     
    4,660   
 —  
 —     

 48.2 %
 41.2 %
 10.6 %
 5,708   $  —   $ 43,873     100.0 %

Borrowings. Although deposits are our primary source of funds, we may utilize borrowings as a cost-effective 
source of funds when they can be invested at a positive interest rate spread, for additional capacity to fund loan demand, 
or to meet our asset/liability management goals. Our borrowings currently consist of advances from the FHLB. See Note 9 
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
   
  
    
   
   
    
   
    
    
    
   
   
  
    
   
   
    
   
    
    
    
  
    
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
    
    
 
We are a member of the FHLB of Indianapolis, which is part of the FHLB System. The eleven regional FHLBs 
provide a central credit facility for their member institutions. We may use advances from the FHLB of Indianapolis to 
supplement our supply of investable funds. The FHLB functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for its member 
financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the FHLB and are authorized to apply for 
advances on the security of such stock and certain of our whole first mortgage loans and other assets (principally securities 
which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States), provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have 
been met. Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities. 
Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s 
net worth or on the FHLB’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. At December 31, 2020, we had $14.0 million 
of available borrowing capacity with the FHLB. On June 27, 2019, the Company borrowed $10.0 million from the FHLB 
which matures on June 27, 2024 and bears an interest rate of 1.73%. On December 30, 2020, the Company borrowed $1.0 
million from the FHLB, bearing an interest rate of 0.26% and matured on January 6, 2021. No additional borrowings have 
been made. Average short-term borrowings have not exceeded 30% of stockholders’ equity in the past two years. 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company’s borrowings for the periods indicated 

(dollars in thousands): 

Maximum amounts of FHLB advances outstanding at any month end 
Average FHLB advances outstanding 
Weighted average rate on FHLB advances 
Maximum amounts of FRB borrowings outstanding at any month end 
Balance outstanding at end of period: 

FHLB advances 

Taxation 

2020 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
(Dollars in thousands) 
  $  10,000  
 5,151  
 1.73 %    
 —  

  $

  $  3,000  
 912  
 1.64 %
 —  

  $

   $  11,000  
       10,005  

 1.60 %  
 —  

   $

   $  11,000  

  $  10,000  

  $

 —  

For  details  regarding  the  Company’s  taxes,  see  Note 11  of  the  Notes the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 

contained in Item 8 of this report. 

Personnel 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 47 full-time equivalent employees, none of whom are represented 

by a collective bargaining unit. The Company believes its relationship with its employees is good. 

Corporate Information 

The  Company’s  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at  300  N.  Water  Street,  Salem,  Indiana  47167.  Its 
telephone number is (812) 883-2639. The Company maintains a website with the address www.mid-southern.com. The 
information contained on the Company’s website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. Other than an investor’s own internet access charges, the Company makes available free of charge 
through its website the Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, 
and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has electronically filed such material with, or 
furnished such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). 

Subsidiary Activities 

Under  OCC  regulations,  the  Bank  is  authorized  to  invest  up  to  3.0%  of  its  assets  in  subsidiary  corporations 
classified as service corporations, with amounts in excess of 2.0% only if primarily for community purposes, and unlimited 
amounts in operating subsidiaries. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
  
  
     
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
Mid-Southern Investments, Inc. was  formed in 2017 to  invest  in general market municipal bonds, rather than 
bank qualified municipal bonds which, although tax advantaged, may not have the yield we seek. Our capital investment 
in Mid-Southern Investments as of December 31, 2020 was $49.1 million which was within the OCC limitations. 

Competition 

We face strong competition in attracting deposits and originating loans. Competition in originating real estate 
loans  comes  primarily  from  other  savings  institutions,  commercial  banks,  credit  unions,  life  insurance  companies  and 
mortgage brokers. Other savings institutions, commercial banks, credit unions and finance companies provide vigorous 
competition in consumer lending. Commercial business competition is primarily from local commercial banks, but other 
savings  banks  and  credit  unions  also  compete  for  this  business.  We  compete  by  consistently  delivering  high-quality, 
personal service to our customers which results in a high level of customer satisfaction. 

Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, many of which are branches of large money 
center and regional banks that have resulted from the consolidation of the banking industry in Indiana and other Mid-
Western states. These include such large national lenders as PNC Bank, JP Morgan Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, Truist 
Bank and U.S. Bank and others in our market area that have greater resources than we do and offer services that we do not 
provide. For example, we do not offer trust services or non-FDIC insured investments. Customers who seek "one-stop 
shopping" may be drawn to institutions that offer services that we do not. 

We attract our deposits through our branch office system. Competition for those deposits is principally from other 
savings institutions, commercial banks and credit unions located in the same community, as well as mutual funds and other 
alternative investments. We compete for these deposits by offering superior service and a variety of deposit accounts at 
competitive rates. Based  on the most recent data provided by  the FDIC, there  are approximately 40 other commercial 
banks and savings institutions operating in the Louisville/Jefferson County, KY-IN MSA and 14 other commercial banks 
and  savings  institutions  in  Lawrence,  Orange  and  Washington  counties  of  Indiana.  During  2020,  two  competitors 
announced closures of branches and Mitchell and Orleans, Indiana, and as a result, we experienced an increase in checking 
and  savings  accounts.    The  number  of  checking  and  savings  accounts  increased  34.3%  and  8.1%  in  our  Mitchell  and 
Orleans branches, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2020. Based on the most recent branch deposit data 
provided by the FDIC, our share of deposits in the Louisville/Jefferson County, KY-IN MSA was approximately 0.27%. 
The  five  largest  financial  institutions  in  that  area  have  70.0%  of  those  deposits.  In  addition,  our  share  of  deposits  in 
Lawrence,  Orange  and  Washington  counties  was  the  largest  in  the  three-county  area  at  15.3%,  with  the  five  largest 
institutions in the three-county area having 59.5% of the deposits. 

REGULATION 

The following is a brief description of certain laws and regulations which are applicable to the Company and the 
Bank. The description of these laws and regulations, as well as descriptions of laws and regulations contained elsewhere 
herein, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. 

Legislation  is  introduced  from  time  to  time  in  the  United  States  Congress  (“Congress”)  that  may  affect  the 
Company’s and Bank’s operations. In addition, the regulations governing the Company and the Bank may be amended 
from time to time by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or the SEC, as appropriate. Any such legislation or 
regulatory changes in the future could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial condition. We cannot predict 
whether any such changes may occur. 

General 

As a federally chartered savings bank, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision 
by the OCC, as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC, as the insurer of its deposits. Additionally, the Company is 
subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve as its primary federal regulator. The 
Bank  is  a  member  of  the  FHLB  System  and  its  deposits  are  insured  up  to  applicable  limits  by  the  DIF,  which  is 
administered by the FDIC. The Bank must file reports with the OCC concerning its activities and financial condition in 
addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions 

22 

of, other financial institutions. There are periodic examinations of the Bank by the OCC and of the Company by the Federal 
Reserve to evaluate safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulatory structure 
establishes  a  comprehensive  framework  of  activities  in  which  the  Bank  may  engage  and  is  intended  primarily  for  the 
protection of the DIF and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in 
connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to 
the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in 
such policies, whether by the OCC, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on 
the Company and the Bank and their operations. 

In connection with the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 
(the  “Dodd-Frank  Act”),  the  laws  and  regulations  affecting  depository  institutions  and  their  holding  companies  have 
changed, particularly affecting the bank regulatory structure and the lending, investment, trading and operating activities 
of  depository  institutions  and  their  holding  companies.  Among  other  changes,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  established  the 
Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  (“CFPB”)  as  an  independent bureau  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  The  CFPB 
assumed  responsibility  for  the  implementation  of  the  federal  financial  consumer  protection  and  fair  lending  laws  and 
regulations and has authority to impose new requirements. The Bank is subject to consumer protection regulations issued 
by the CFPB, but as a smaller financial institution, the Bank is generally subject to supervision and enforcement by the 
OCC with respect to its compliance with consumer financial protection laws and CFPB regulations. 

On  May  24,  2018,  the  President  signed  into  law  the  Economic  Growth,  Regulatory  Relief,  and  Consumer 
Protection Act passed by Congress (the “Act”). The Act contains a number of provisions extending regulatory relief to 
banks and savings institutions and their holding companies. Effective January 1, 2020, a bank or savings institution that 
elects to use the Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”) will generally be considered well-capitalized and to have 
met the risk-based and leverage capital requirements of the capital regulations if it has a leverage ratio greater than 9.0% 
(adjusted to 8.0%, effective April 1, 2020). On October 9, 2020, the OCC along with the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, 
published a final rule, effective November 9, 2020, implementing a temporary change to the CBLR framework pursuant 
to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), and provides a graduated increase from the 
temporary 8.0% requirement to the 9.0% requirement as established under the final rule published in 2019. To be eligible 
to elect to use the CBLR, the bank or institution also must have total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion, off-
balance sheet exposures of 25% or less of its total consolidated assets, and trading assets and trading liabilities of 5.0% or 
less of its total consolidated assets, all as of the end of the most recent quarter. The Bank elected to use the CBLR effective 
January 1, 2020. 

Federal Regulation of Savings Institutions 

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The OCC has extensive authority over the operations of federal 
savings institutions. As part of this authority, the Bank is required to file periodic reports with the OCC and is subject to 
periodic examinations by the OCC. The OCC also has extensive enforcement authority over all federal savings institutions, 
including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, 
issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and initiate prompt corrective action orders. In general, these enforcement actions 
may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may 
provide  the  basis  for  enforcement  action,  including  misleading  or  untimely  reports  filed  with  the  OCC.  Except  under 
certain circumstances, public disclosure of final enforcement actions by the OCC is required by law. 

All federal savings institutions are required to pay assessments to the OCC to fund the agency’s operations. The 
general assessments, paid on a semi-annual basis, are determined based on the savings institution’s total assets, including 
consolidated subsidiaries. The Bank’s OCC assessment for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 was $64,000. 

The  Bank’s  general  permissible  lending  limit  for  loans  to  one  borrower  is  generally  equal  to  the  greater  of 
$500,000 or 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus (except for loans fully secured by certain readily marketable collateral, 
in which case this limit is increased to 25% of unimpaired capital and surplus). At December 31, 2020, the Bank’s lending 
limit under this restriction was $5.8 million. We have no loans in excess of our lending limit. 

23 

The  OCC’s  oversight of  the Bank  includes  reviewing  its  compliance  with  the customer privacy  requirements 
imposed by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) and the anti-money laundering provisions of the USA Patriot 
Act. The GLBA privacy requirements place limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information with unaffiliated 
third  parties.  They  also  require  each  financial  institution  offering  financial  products  or  services  to  retail  customers  to 
provide  such  customers  with  its  privacy  policy  and  with  the  opportunity  to  “opt  out”  of  the  sharing  of  their  personal 
information  with  unaffiliated third  parties.  The  USA  Patriot  Act  significantly  expands  the  responsibilities  of  financial 
institutions  in  preventing  the  use  of  the  U.S.  financial  system  to  fund  terrorist  activities.  Its  anti-money  laundering 
provisions require financial institutions operating in the U.S. to develop anti-money laundering compliance programs and 
due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. These compliance programs 
are intended to supplement requirements under the Bank Secrecy Act and the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets 
Control. 

The OCC, as well as the other federal banking agencies, has adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness 
standards on such matters as loan underwriting and documentation, asset quality, earnings standards, internal controls and 
audit  systems,  interest  rate  risk  exposure  and  compensation  and  other  employee  benefits.  Any  institution  that  fails  to 
comply with these standards must submit a compliance plan. 

Capital Requirements. Federally insured  savings  institutions, such as the  Bank, are required by the  OCC to 
maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. On May 24, 2018, the President signed into law the Economic Growth, 
Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act passed by Congress (the “Act”). The Act contains a number of provisions 
extending regulatory relief to banks and savings institutions and their holding companies. Effective January 1, 2020, a 
bank or savings institution that elects to use the Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”) will generally be considered 
well-capitalized  and  to  have met  the  risk-based  and  leverage  capital  requirements  of  the  capital  regulations  if  it  has  a 
leverage ratio greater than 9.0% (adjusted to 8.0% effective April 1, 2020). On October 9, 2020, the OCC along with the 
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, published a final rule, 
effective November 9, 2020, implementing a temporary change to the CBLR framework pursuant to the CARES Act, and 
provides a graduated increase from the temporary 8.0% requirement to the 9.0% requirement as established under the final 
rule published in 2019. To be eligible to elect to use the CBLR, the bank or institution also must have total consolidated 
assets of less than $10 billion, off-balance sheet exposures of 25% or less of its total consolidated assets, and trading assets 
and trading liabilities of 5.0% or less of its total consolidated assets, all as of the end of the most recent quarter. The Bank 
elected to use the CBLR effective January 1, 2020. 

Prior to adopting the CBLR in 2020, the Bank was required by the OCC to maintain minimum levels of a common 
equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital to risk-based assets ratio, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a total capital to risk-
based assets ratio and a Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. The capital standards require the maintenance of the 
following minimum capital ratios: (i) a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%; (iii) a total capital 
ratio of 8.0%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. 

Certain changes in what constitutes regulatory capital are subject to transition periods, including the phasing-out 
of certain instruments as qualifying capital. The Bank does not have any of these instruments. In addition, Tier 1 capital 
includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which includes all unrealized gains and losses on available for 
sale debt and equity securities. Because of the Bank’s asset size, the Bank elected to take a one-time option to permanently 
opt-out  of  the  inclusion  of  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  available  for  sale  debt  and  equity  securities  in  its  capital 
calculations. 

The Bank was also required to maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of additional CET1 capital greater 
than 2.5% of risk-weighted assets above the required minimum risk-based capital levels in order to avoid limitations on 
paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses. With the adoption of the CBLR in 
2020, the Bank is no longer required to maintain a capital conservation buffer. 

In order to be considered well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Bank must maintain 
a CBLR ratio of 8.0% in 2020. Prior to adopting the CBLR in 2020, the Bank was required to maintain a CET1 risk-based 
ratio of 6.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 8.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% and a leverage ratio of 5.0%, and 

24 

the Bank must not be subject to any of certain mandates by the OCC requiring it as an individual institution to meet any 
specified capital level. 

As of December 31, 2020, the most recent notification from the OCC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” 
under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  For  additional  information,  see  Note 17  of  the  Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Prompt Corrective Action. An institution is considered adequately capitalized if it meets the minimum capital 
ratios  described  above.  The  OCC  is  required  to  take  certain  supervisory  actions  against  undercapitalized  savings 
institutions,  the  severity  of  which  depends  upon  the  institution’s  degree  of  undercapitalization.  Subject  to  a  narrow 
exception,  the  OCC  is  required  to  appoint  a  receiver  or  conservator  for  a  savings  institution  that  is  critically 
undercapitalized. OCC regulations also require that a capital restoration plan be filed with the OCC within 45 days of the 
date  a  savings  institution  receives  notice  that  it  is  undercapitalized,  significantly  undercapitalized  or  critically 
undercapitalized.  In  addition,  numerous  mandatory  supervisory  actions  become  immediately  applicable  to  an 
undercapitalized institution, including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, 
capital distributions and expansion. Significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions are subject 
to more extensive mandatory regulatory actions. The OCC also can take a number of discretionary supervisory actions, 
including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors. An institution 
that is not well-capitalized is subject to certain restrictions on deposit rates and brokered deposits. At December 31, 2020, 
the Bank met the regulatory requirements described above under “Capital Requirements” to be considered well-capitalized. 

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Indianapolis, which is one of 11 
regional Federal Home  Loan Banks  that  administer  the home financing  credit  function of savings  institutions, each of 
which serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds 
derived  from  the  sale  of  consolidated  obligations  of  the  FHLB  System.  It  makes  loans  or  advances  to  members  in 
accordance with policies and procedures established  by  the Board of Directors  of  the  FHLB, which are  subject to the 
oversight  of  the  Federal  Housing  Finance  Agency.  All  advances  from  the  FHLB  are  required  to  be  fully  secured  by 
sufficient collateral as determined  by the  FHLB. In addition,  all  long-term  advances  are required  to provide funds for 
residential home financing. See “Business – Other Sources of Funds – Borrowings.” As a member, the Bank is required 
to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB. At December 31, 2020, the Bank held $778,000 in FHLB stock, which was 
in compliance with this requirement. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank did not purchase any FHLB 
stock. 

The  FHLB  continues  to  contribute  to  low-  and  moderately-priced  housing  programs  through  direct  loans  or 
interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income housing projects. These 
contributions have adversely affected the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so in the future. These 
contributions could also have an adverse effect on the value  of  FHLB stock in  the future.  A reduction  in value  of the 
Bank’s FHLB stock may result in a decrease in net income and possibly capital. 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The DIF of the FDIC insures deposits in the Bank up to $250,000 per 
separately insured deposit ownership right or category. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is 
authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. The Bank’s deposit insurance 
premiums for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 were $26,000. 

Under its regulations, the FDIC sets assessment rates for established small institutions (generally, those with total 
assets  of  less  than  $10  billion)  based  on  an  institution’s  weighted  average  CAMELS  component  ratings  and  certain 
financial  ratios.  Total  base  assessment  rates  currently  range  from  3  to  30  basis  points,  subject  to  certain  adjustments. 
Assessment rates are expected to decrease in the future as the reserve ratio increases in specified increments. The FDIC 
may increase or decrease its rates by two basis points without further rule-making. In an emergency, the FDIC may also 
impose a special assessment. 

As required by the Dodd Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted a rule to offset the effect of the increase in the minimum 
reserve ratio of the DIF on small institutions by imposing a surcharge on institutions with assets of $10 billion or more 
commencing on July 1, 2016 and ending when the reserve ratio reaches 1.35%, which, the FDIC announced occurred on 

25 

September 30, 2018. When the reserve ratio reaches 1.38%, small institutions will receive credits for the portions of their 
regular assessments that contributed to growth in the reserve ratio between 1.15% and 1.35%. Subject to certain limitations, 
the credits will apply to reduce regular assessments until exhausted. 

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation was authorized to impose and collect, through 
the  FDIC,  assessments  for  anticipated  payments,  issuance  costs  and  custodial  fees  on  bonds  issued  in  the  1980s  to 
recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The final such assessment was collected by the 
FDIC in March 2019. 

The FDIC also may prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity determined by regulation or 
order to pose a serious risk to the DIF. The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, 
including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound 
practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order 
or any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the 
hearing  process  for  the  permanent  termination  of  insurance,  if  the  institution  has  no  tangible  capital.  If  insurance  of 
accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall 
continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management is not aware of 
any existing circumstances which would result in termination of the deposit insurance of the Bank. 

Qualified  Thrift  Lender  Test.  All  federal  savings  institutions,  including  the  Bank,  are  required  to  meet  a 
qualified thrift lender ("QTL") test to avoid certain restrictions on their operations. This test requires a savings institution 
to have at least 65% of its total assets, as defined by regulation, in qualified thrift investments on a monthly average for 
nine out of every 12 months on a rolling basis. As an alternative, the savings institution may maintain 60% of its assets in 
those  assets  specified  in  Section 7701(a) (19)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  ("Code").  Under  either  test,  such  assets 
primarily consist of residential housing related loans and investments. 

Any institution that fails to meet the QTL test is subject to certain operating restrictions and may be required to 
convert to a national bank charter, and a savings and loan holding company of such an institution may become regulated 
as a bank holding company. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank met the QTL test. 

Limitations on Capital Distributions. OCC regulations impose various restrictions on savings institutions with 
respect to their ability to make distributions of capital, which include dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, cash-
out mergers and other transactions charged to the capital account. Generally, savings institutions, such as the Bank, that 
before and after the proposed distribution are well-capitalized, may make capital distributions during any calendar year 
equal to up to 100% of net income for the year-to-date plus retained net income for the two preceding years. However, an 
institution deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision by the OCC may have its dividend authority restricted 
by the OCC. If the Bank, however, proposes to make a capital distribution when it does not meet its capital requirements 
(or will not following the proposed capital distribution) or that will exceed these net income-based limitations, it must 
obtain the OCC’s approval prior to making such distribution. In addition, the Bank must file a prior written notice of a 
dividend with the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve or the OCC may object to a capital distribution based on safety 
and soundness concerns. Additional restrictions on Bank dividends may apply if the Bank fails the QTL test. 

Activities of Associations and their Subsidiaries. When a savings institution establishes or acquires a subsidiary 
or elects to conduct any new activity through a subsidiary that the savings institution controls, the savings institution must 
file a notice or application with the OCC and, in certain circumstances with the FDIC, and receive regulatory approval or 
non-objection. Savings institutions also must conduct the activities of subsidiaries in accordance with existing regulations 
and orders. 

With respect to subsidiaries generally, the OCC may determine that investment by a savings institution in, or the 

activities of, a subsidiary must be restricted or eliminated based on safety and soundness or legal reasons. 

Transactions with Affiliates. The Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with affiliates is limited by Sections 
23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act as implemented by the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W. The term affiliates for 
these  purposes  generally  mean  any  company  that  controls  or  is  under  common  control  with  an  institution  except 

26 

subsidiaries  of  the  institution.  The  Company  and  its  non-savings  institution  subsidiaries  are  affiliates  of  the  Bank.  In 
general, transactions with affiliates must be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions 
with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of transactions are restricted to an aggregate percentage of the institution’s 
capital. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not 
permissible for bank holding companies and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than 
a subsidiary. FDIC-insured institutions are subject, with certain exceptions, to certain restrictions on extensions of credit 
to their parent holding companies or other affiliates, on investments in the stock or other securities of affiliates and on the 
taking of such stock or securities as collateral from any borrower. Collateral in specified amounts must be provided by 
affiliates in order to receive loans from an institution. In addition, these institutions are prohibited from engaging in certain 
tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or the providing of any property or service. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) generally prohibits a company that makes filings with 
the SEC from making loans to its executive officers and directors. That act, however, contains a specific exception for 
loans by a depository institution to its executive officers and directors, if the lending is in compliance with federal banking 
laws.  Under  such  laws,  the  Bank’s  authority  to  extend  credit  to  executive  officers,  directors  and  10%  stockholders 
(“insiders”), as well as entities which such persons control, is limited. The law restricts both the individual and aggregate 
amount of loans the Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on the Bank’s capital position and requires certain Board 
approval  procedures  to  be  followed.  Such  loans  must  be  made  on  terms  substantially  the  same  as  those  offered  to 
unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made 
pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give 
preference to insiders over other employees. There are additional restrictions applicable to loans to executive officers. 

Community Reinvestment Act and Consumer Protection Laws. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 
1977 (“CRA”), every FDIC-insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and sound 
banking  practices  to  help  meet  the  credit  needs  of  its  entire  community,  including  low-  and  moderate-income 
neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does 
it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular 
community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with the examination of the Bank, to 
assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its 
evaluation of certain applications, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch, by the Bank. The OCC may use an 
unsatisfactory rating as the basis for the denial of an application. Similarly, the Federal Reserve is required to take into 
account the performance of an insured institution under the CRA when considering whether to approve an acquisition by 
the institution’s holding company. Due to the heightened attention being given to the CRA in the past few years, the Bank 
may be required to devote additional funds for investment and lending in its local community. 

In connection with its deposit-taking, lending and other activities, the Bank is subject to a number of federal laws 
designed to protect consumers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. The CFPB issues 
regulations and standards under these federal consumer protection laws, which include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, 
the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. Through its 
rulemaking authority, the CFPB has promulgated several proposed and final regulations under these laws that will affect 
our consumer businesses. Among these regulatory initiatives are final regulations setting “ability to repay” and “qualified 
mortgage”  standards  for  residential  mortgage  loans  and  establishing  new  mortgage  loan  servicing  and  loan  originator 
compensation  standards.  The Bank  devotes  substantial  compliance,  legal  and  operational  business  resources  to  ensure 
compliance with these consumer protection standards. In addition, the OCC has enacted customer privacy regulations that 
limit the ability of the Bank to disclose nonpublic consumer information to non-affiliated third parties. The regulations 
require disclosure of privacy policies and allow consumers to prevent certain personal information from being shared with 
non-affiliated parties. 

Enforcement. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over federally-chartered savings institutions and 
has  the  authority  to  bring  action  against  all  "institution-affiliated  parties,"  including  shareholders,  and  any  attorneys, 
appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on 
an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist 
order to removal of officers or directors, receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil penalties 
cover a wide range of violations. The FDIC has the authority to recommend to the OCC that enforcement action be taken 

27 

with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the OCC, the FDIC has authority to take such action 
under certain circumstances. Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations. 

Standards  for  Safety  and  Soundness.  As  required  by  statute,  the  federal  banking  agencies  have  adopted 
interagency guidelines prescribing standards for safety and soundness. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness 
standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before 
capital becomes impaired. If the OCC determines that a savings institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the 
guidelines, the OCC may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. 

Federal  Reserve  System.  Previously,  the  Federal  Reserve  required  that  all  depository  institutions  maintain 
reserves on transaction accounts or non-personal time deposits. These reserves may be in the form of cash or non-interest-
bearing deposits with the regional Federal Reserve Bank. Interest-bearing checking accounts and other types of accounts 
that  permit  payments  or  transfers  to  third  parties  fall  within  the  definition  of  transaction  accounts  and  are  subject  to 
Regulation D reserve requirements, as are any non-personal time deposits at a bank. The balances maintained to meet the 
reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy any liquidity requirements that may 
be imposed by the OCC. However, effective March 26, 2020, the Federal Reserve set reserve requirement ratios to 0.0%. 

Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending  Concentrations.  The  federal  banking  agencies  have  issued  guidance  on 
sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The particular focus is on exposure 
to commercial real estate loans that are dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely 
to be sensitive to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary 
source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance is not to limit a bank’s commercial real 
estate lending but to guide banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level 
and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance directs the FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies to focus their 
supervisory resources on institutions that may have significant commercial real estate loan concentration risk. A bank that 
has experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, has notable exposure to a specific type of commercial real 
estate loan, or is approaching or exceeding the following supervisory criteria may be identified for further supervisory 
analysis with respect to real estate concentration risk: 

  Total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of the bank’s 

capital; or 

  Total commercial real estate loans (as defined in the guidance) represent 300% or more of the bank’s total 
capital or the outstanding balance of the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or 
more during the prior 36 months. 

The guidance provides that the strength of an institution’s lending and risk management practices with respect to 

such concentrations will be taken into account in supervisory guidance on evaluation of capital adequacy. 

Environmental Issues Associated with Real Estate Lending. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, 
Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), is a federal statute that generally imposes strict liability on all prior and 
present "owners and operators" of sites containing hazardous waste. However, Congress acted to protect secured creditors 
by providing that the term “owner and operator” excludes a person whose ownership is limited to protecting its security 
interest in the site. Since the enactment of the CERCLA, this “secured creditor exemption” has been the subject of judicial 
interpretations which have left open the possibility that lenders could be liable for cleanup costs on contaminated property 
that they hold as collateral for a loan. To the extent that legal uncertainty exists in this area, all creditors, including the 
Bank,  that have  made  loans  secured  by  properties  with  potentially  hazardous  waste  contamination  (such  as  petroleum 
contamination) could be subject to liability for cleanup costs, which could substantially exceed the value of the collateral 
property. 

Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-
money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act of 2001. These laws and regulations require the 
Bank  to  implement  policies,  procedures,  and  controls  to  detect,  prevent,  and  report  money  laundering  and  terrorist 
financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Violations of these requirements can result in substantial civil and 

28 

criminal  sanctions.  In  addition,  provisions  of  the  USA  Patriot  Act  require  the  federal  financial  institution  regulatory 
agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing mergers 
and acquisitions. 

Other  Consumer  Protection  Laws  and  Regulations.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  established  the  CFPB  and 
empowered it to exercise broad regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority with respect to both new and existing 
consumer financial protection laws. The Bank is subject to consumer protection regulations issued by the CFPB, but as a 
financial institution with assets of less than $10 billion, the Bank is generally subject to supervision and enforcement by 
the OCC with respect to compliance with consumer financial protection laws and CFPB regulations. 

The Bank is subject to a broad array of federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations that govern 
almost every aspect of its business relationships with consumers. While the following list is not exhaustive, these include 
the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfers Act, the Expedited Funds Availability 
Act,  the  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the  Fair  Housing  Act,  the  Real  Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  the  Home 
Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, the Home Ownership and 
Equity Protection Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, the Check Clearing for the 21st Century 
Act, laws governing flood insurance, laws governing consumer protections in connection with the sale of insurance, federal 
and state laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive business practices, and various regulations that implement some or all of 
the  foregoing.  These  laws  and  regulations  mandate  certain  disclosure  requirements  and  regulate  the  manner  in  which 
financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans, and providing other 
services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not 
limited  to,  enforcement  actions,  injunctions,  fines,  civil  liability,  criminal  penalties,  punitive  damages,  and  the  loss  of 
certain contractual rights. 

Savings and Loan Holding Company Regulations 

General. The Company is a unitary savings  and loan holding company subject to regulatory oversight of the 
Federal Reserve. Accordingly, the Company is required to register and file reports with the Federal Reserve and is subject 
to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the Federal Reserve has enforcement authority over the 
Company  and  its  non-savings  institution  subsidiaries,  which  also  permits  the  Federal  Reserve  to  restrict  or  prohibit 
activities that are determined to present a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution. In accordance with the Dodd-
Frank Act, the federal banking regulators must require any company that controls an FDIC-insured depository institution 
to serve as a source of strength for the institution, with the ability to provide financial assistance if the institution suffers 
financial distress. These and other Federal Reserve policies, as well as the capital conservatism buffer requirement, may 
restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends. 

Capital Requirements. For a savings and loan holding company, such as the Company, the capital regulations 
apply on a consolidated basis. The Act raised the maximum amount of consolidated assets a qualifying holding company 
may  have  to  $3  billion  under  the  Federal  Reserve’s  “Small  Bank  Holding  Company  and  Savings  and  Loan  Holding 
Company  Policy  Statement”  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  is  generally  not  subject  to  the  Federal  Reserve’s  capital 
regulations, which are generally the same as the capital regulations applicable to the Bank. A major result of this change 
is to exclude most such holding companies from the minimum capital requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Federal 
Reserve made this change effective August 30, 2019. The Federal Reserve expects the holding company’s subsidiary banks 
to be well capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations. If the Company were subject to regulatory guidelines 
for bank holding companies with $3.0 billion or more in assets at December 31, 2020, the Company would have exceeded 
all regulatory requirements. See “Federal Regulation of Savings Institutions – Capital Requirements” above. 

Activities Restrictions. The GLBA provides that no company may acquire control of a savings association after 
May 4, 1999 unless it engages only in the financial activities permitted for financial holding companies under the law or 
for multiple savings and loan holding companies. Further, the GLBA specifies that, subject to a grandfather provision, 
existing savings and loan holding companies may only engage in such activities. The Company qualifies for grandfathering 
and is therefore not restricted in terms of its activities. Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by the Company of another 
savings association as a separate subsidiary, the Company would become a multiple savings and loan holding company 
and would be limited to activities permitted by Federal Reserve regulation. 

29 

Mergers and Acquisitions. The Company must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring more 
than 5.0% of the voting stock of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company or acquiring such an 
institution or holding company by merger,  consolidation  or  purchase  of  its assets. In evaluating an  application for  the 
Company to acquire control of a savings  institution, the  Federal  Reserve would consider  the financial  and  managerial 
resources and future prospects of the Company and the target institution, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the 
DIF, the convenience and the needs of the community and competitive factors. 

The Federal Reserve may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding 
company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions; (i) the approval of interstate 
supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies and (ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another 
state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions. The states vary in the 
extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions. 

Acquisition of the Company. Any company, except a bank holding company, that acquires control of a savings 
association or savings and loan holding company becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, 
examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve and must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve under the 
Savings and Loan Holding Company Act before obtaining control of a savings association or savings and loan holding 
company.  A  bank  holding  company  must  obtain  the  prior  approval  of  the  Federal  Reserve  under  the  Bank  Holding 
Company Act before obtaining control of, or more than 5.0% of a class of voting stock of, a savings association or savings 
and loan holding company and remains subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act. The term “company” 
includes corporations, partnerships, associations, and certain trusts and other entities. “Control” of a savings association 
or savings and loan holding company is deemed to exist if a company has voting control, directly or indirectly, of more 
than 25.0% of any class of the savings association’s voting stock or controls in any manner the election of a majority of 
the  directors  of  the  savings  association  or  savings  and  loan  holding  company,  and  may  be  presumed  under  other 
circumstances, including, but not limited  to, holding  in certain  cases 10.0% or more of a class of  voting securities. In 
addition, a savings and loan holding company must obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to acquiring voting control of 
more than 5.0% of any class of voting stock of another savings association or another savings association holding company. 
A similar provision limiting the acquisition by a bank holding company of 5.0% or more of a class of voting stock of any 
company is included in the Bank Holding Company Act. 

Accordingly, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve would be required: 

 

 

before any savings and loan holding company or bank holding company could acquire 5.0% or more of the 
common stock of the Company; and 

before any other company could acquire 25.0% or more of the common stock of the Company and may be 
required for an acquisition of as little as 10.0% of such stock. 

In addition, persons that are not companies are subject to the same or similar definitions of control with respect 
to savings and loan holding companies and savings associations and requirements for prior regulatory approval by the 
Federal Reserve in the case of control of a savings and loan holding company or by the OCC in the case of control of a 
savings association not obtained through control of a holding company of such savings association. 

Dividends and Stock Repurchases. The Federal Reserve’s policy statement on the payment of cash dividends 
applicable  to  savings  and  loan  holding  companies  expresses  its  view  that  a  savings  and  loan  holding  company  must 
maintain an adequate capital position and generally should not pay cash dividends unless the company’s net income for 
the past year is sufficient to fully fund the cash dividends and that the prospective rate of earnings appears consistent with 
the  company’s  capital  needs, asset  quality,  and  overall  financial  condition. The  Federal  Reserve  policy  statement  also 
indicates that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay 
dividends. In addition, a savings and loan holding company is required to give the Federal Reserve prior written notice of 
any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, 
when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding twelve months, 
is  equal  to  10.0%  or  more  of  its  consolidated  net  worth. The  Federal  Reserve  may  disapprove  such  a  purchase  or 

30 

redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, 
regulation, Federal Reserve order or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve. 

Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002.  The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  was  enacted  in  2002  in  response  to  public  concerns 
regarding corporate accountability in connection with recent accounting scandals. The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at 
publicly  traded  companies  and  to  protect  investors  by  improving  the  accuracy  and  reliability  of  corporate  disclosures 
pursuant to the securities laws. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that 
file or are required to file periodic reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including the Company. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and new corporate governance 
rules, and requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and 
related  rules.  The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  represents  significant  federal  involvement  in  matters  traditionally  left  to  state 
regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship 
between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees. 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010. The Dodd-Frank-Act imposed 
new  restrictions  and  an  expanded  framework  of  regulatory  oversight  for  financial  institutions,  including  depository 
institutions, and capital regulations discussed above under “Savings and Loan Holding Company Regulations – Capital 
Requirements.”  In  addition,  among  other  requirements,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  requires  public  companies,  such  as  the 
Company, to (i) provide their shareholders with a non-binding vote (a) at least once every three years on the compensation 
paid to executive officers and (b) at least once every six years on whether they should have a “say on pay” vote every one, 
two or three years; (ii) have a separate, non-binding shareholder vote regarding golden parachutes for named executive 
officers when a shareholder vote takes place on mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or other transactions that would trigger 
the  parachute  payments;  (iii) provide  disclosure  in  annual  proxy  materials  concerning  the  relationship  between  the 
executive compensation paid and the financial performance of the issuer; and (iv) amend Item 402 of Regulation S-K to 
require companies to disclose the ratio of the Chief Executive Officer’s annual total compensation to the median annual 
total compensation of all other employees. 

Information about our Executive Officers 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company  and  its 

subsidiaries: 

Name 
Alexander G. Babey 

      Age (1) 
52 

Frank (Buzz) M. Benson, III. 

Erica B. Schmidt 

Robert W. DeRossett 

(1)  At December 31, 2020 

59 

42 

51 

      Position 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
and Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB 

  Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer, Mid-Southern 

Savings Bank, FSB 

  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mid-Southern 

Savings Bank, FSB 

  Chief Financial Officer, Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 

Alexander G. Babey has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Mid-Southern Bancorp since its formation 
in January 2018 and the President of Chief Executive Officer of Mid-Southern Savings Bank and Mid-Southern, M.H.C. 
since October 2016. Prior to that, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer from December 2013 until 
October 2016. He was a credit administration consultant from June 2013 until December 2013, having served as Executive 
Vice President and Senior Loan Officer of The BANK-Oldham County from May 2005 until its acquisition in May 2013. 
Mr. Babey brings a wealth of banking knowledge to our Board, with particular expertise in lending and experience at both 
large regional and community banks. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Frank (Buzz) M. Benson, III has served as the Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer of Mid-Southern 
Savings Bank since June 2014. Prior to that, he was the Senior Vice President of Lending at Main Source Bank from 1998 
until June 2014. 

Erica B. Schmidt, has been the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Mid-Southern Savings 
Bank since January 2014. Prior  to that,  she served  as  Controller of Mid-Southern  Savings Bank from  September 2005 
through December 2013. Ms. Schmidt has also been our Corporate Secretary since 2013 and Treasurer since 2008. 

Robert W. DeRossett joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. in 
February 2020.  He  brings  significant  expertise  to  the  Company’s  financial  management  and  reporting  areas.  Prior  to 
joining  the  Company,  Mr. DeRossett  served  as  an  independent  CFO  consultant  for  start-up  companies  and  non-profit 
entities in the Louisville, Kentucky area since 2011. In addition, he was the Director of Finance for Rabbit Hole Spirits, 
LLC in Louisville, Kentucky until it was acquired by Pernod-Ricard of Paris, France in 2019. Prior to that, Mr. DeRossett 
performed financial reporting, investor relations and project management roles for Providian Corporation in Louisville, 
Kentucky, which was acquired by AEGON of The Hague, The Netherlands in 1997. Mr. DeRossett is a Certified Public 
Accountant  licensed  in  the Commonwealth of  Kentucky  since  1993  and  has  been  a  holder  of  the  Chartered  Financial 
Analyst designation since 2009. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

An  investment  in  our  common  stock  is  subject  to  risks  inherent  in  our  business.  Before  making  an 
investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of 
the other information included in this report. In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks 
and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and 
adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  The  value  or  market  price  of  our 
common stock could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your 
investment. The risks below also include forward-looking statements. This report is qualified in its entirety by these 
risk factors. 

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  adversely  impacted  our  ability  to  conduct  business  and  is  expected  to  adversely 
impact our financial results and those of our customers. The ultimate impact will depend on future developments, 
which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions 
taken by governmental authorities in response to the pandemic. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has affected our operations and the way we provide banking services to businesses and 
individuals. As an essential business, we continue to provide banking and financial services to our customers at all of our 
branch locations with drive-thru access also available. In addition, we continue to provide access to banking and financial 
services through online banking, ATMs and by telephone. If the COVID-19 pandemic worsens, it could limit or disrupt 
our ability to provide banking and financial services to our customers. 

Heightened cybersecurity, information security and operational risks may result from these remote work-from-
home arrangements. We also could be adversely affected if key personnel or a significant number of employees were to 
become unavailable due to the effects  and restrictions  of  the COVID-19  pandemic. We  also rely  upon our third-party 
vendors to conduct business and to process, record and monitor transactions. If any of these vendors are unable to continue 
to provide us with these services, it could negatively impact our ability to serve our customers. Although we have business 
continuity plans and other safeguards in place, there is no assurance that such plans and safeguards will be effective. 

There is continued uncertainty surrounding the future economic conditions that will emerge in the months and 
years to come with regard to the pandemic. As a result, management is confronted with a significant and unfamiliar degree 
of uncertainty in estimating the impact of the pandemic on credit quality, revenues and asset values. To date, the COVID-
19 pandemic has resulted in declines in  loan demand and loan  originations,  other than through government sponsored 
programs such as the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), deposit availability, market interest rates and could negatively 
impact many of our business and consumer borrower’s ability to make their loan payments. Because the length of the 
pandemic and the efficacy of the  extraordinary measures being  put in  place to address its  economic consequences are 

32 

 
 
unknown, including recent reductions in the targeted Federal Funds Rate, until the pandemic subsides, we expect our net 
interest income and net interest margin will be adversely affected in the near term, if not longer. Many of our borrowers 
have become unemployed or may face unemployment, and certain businesses are at risk of insolvency as their revenues 
decline  precipitously,  especially  in  businesses  related  to  travel,  hospitality,  leisure  and  physical  personal  services. 
Businesses may ultimately not reopen as there is a significant level of uncertainty regarding the level of economic activity 
that will return to our markets over time, the impact  of  governmental  assistance,  the speed of economic  recovery,  the 
resurgence of COVID-19 in subsequent seasons and changes to demographic and social norms that will take place. 

The impact of the pandemic is expected to continue to adversely affect us during 2021 and possibly longer as the 
ability of many of our customers to make loan payments has been significantly affected. Although the Company makes 
estimates of loan losses related to the pandemic as part of its evaluation of the allowance for loan losses, such estimates 
involve significant judgment and are made in the context of significant uncertainty as to the impact the pandemic will have 
on the credit quality of our loan portfolio. It is likely that increased loan delinquencies, adversely classified loans and loan 
charge-offs will increase in the future as a result of the pandemic. Consistent with guidance provided by banking regulators, 
we have modified loans by providing various loan payment deferral options to our borrowers affected by the COVID-19 
pandemic. Notwithstanding these modifications, these borrowers may not be able to resume making full payments on their 
loans once the COVID-19 pandemic is resolved. Any increases in the allowance for credit losses will result in a decrease 
in net income and, most likely, capital, and may have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of 
operations. 

In light of the events surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company is continually assessing the effects of 
the pandemic to its employees, customers and communities. In March 2020, the CARES Act was enacted. The CARES 
Act contains many provisions related to banking, lending, mortgage forbearance and taxation, and the Company supported 
its customers through the  PPP,  loan  modifications and  deferrals and  fee  waivers on early withdrawal  of certificates of 
deposit due to hardship. We could face additional risks in our administrative capabilities to service our PPP loans and risk 
with respect to the determination of loan forgiveness depending on the final procedures for determining loan forgiveness. 

We are an entity separate and distinct  from  our principal subsidiary, Mid-Southern  Savings Bank, and derive 
substantially all of our revenue at the holding company level in the form of dividends from that subsidiary. If the COVID-
19 pandemic were to materially adversely affect the Bank’s regulatory capital levels or liquidity, it may result in Mid-
Southern Savings Bank being unable to pay dividends to us, which may result in our not being able to pay dividends on 
our common stock at the same rate or at all. 

Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy will likely require some time to recover from its 
effects, the length of which is unknown, and during which we may experience a recession. As a result, we anticipate our 
business may be materially and adversely affected during this recovery. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  loans  are  commercial  real  estate,  multi-family,  construction  and  commercial  and 
business loans and consumer loans, which carry greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one-to-
four family real estate. 

At  December 31,  2020,  commercial  real  estate  and  multi-family  loans  totaled  $39.1  million,  or  34.1%, 
commercial  real  estate  construction  loans  totaled  $851,000,  or  0.7%  (excluding  unfunded  loan  commitments  of  $2.9 
million) of our loan portfolio, commercial business loans totaled $5.2 million, or 4.5%, and consumer loans totaled $1.4 
million, or 1.3%, of our total loan portfolio. We continue to focus on commercial and business loans as well as consumer 
loans, and we intend to continue to originate commercial real estate and multi-family loans. Given their larger balances 
and  the  complexity  of  the  underlying  collateral,  commercial  real  estate,  multi-family,  construction  and  commercial 
business loans generally expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one-to-four family 
real estate. These loans, as well as consumer loans, also have greater credit risk than residential real estate for the following 
reasons: 

  Commercial  real  estate  and  multi-family  loans –  repayment  is  dependent  on  income  being  generated  in 

amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses, property maintenance and debt service; 

33 

  Construction loans – repayment is generally dependent on the borrower’s ability to sell the completed project, 
the value of the completed project, or the successful operation of the borrower’s business after completion; 

  Commercial  business  loans –  repayment  is  generally  dependent  upon  the  successful  operation  of  the 

borrower’s business; and 

  Consumer loans – repayment is dependent on the borrower’s continuing stability and the collateral may not 

provide an adequate source of repayment. 

If loans that are collateralized by real estate or other business assets or consumer assets become troubled and the 
value of the collateral has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of 
principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision 
for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. 

Commercial  real  estate  loans  typically  involve  larger  loan  balances  to  single  borrowers  or  groups  of  related 
borrowers  compared  to  owner-occupied  one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Also,  many  of  these  types  of 
borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan 
or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with 
respect to a one-to-four family residential mortgage loan. 

Further, a significant portion of our commercial real estate loans are secured by non-owner-occupied properties. 
These loans expose us to greater risk of non-payment and loss than loans secured by owner-occupied properties because 
repayment of such loans depend primarily on the tenant’s continuing ability to pay rent to the property owner, who is our 
borrower, or, if the property owner is unable to find a tenant, the property owner’s ability to repay the loan without the 
benefit of a rental income stream. In addition, the physical condition of non-owner-occupied properties is often below that 
of owner-occupied properties due to lax property maintenance standards, which has a negative impact on the value of the 
collateral properties. 

Furthermore, a key component of our strategy is to continue to increase our origination of commercial business 
and  consumer  loans,  and  to  continue  to  originate  commercial  and  multi-family  real  estate  loans  in  our  market  area  to 
diversify our loan portfolio and increase our yields. The proposed increase in these types of loans significantly increases 
our exposure to the risks inherent in these types of loans and our potential for losses. 

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property. 

At December 31, 2020, $66.1 million, or 57.6% of our total loan portfolio, was secured by one-to-four family 
real  estate,  including  home  equity  lines  of  credit  of  $2.9  million.  One-to-four  family  residential  loans  are  generally 
sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan 
payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. A decline in residential real estate values resulting from a 
downturn in the housing market in our market areas may reduce the value of the real estate collateral securing these types 
of loans and increase our risk of loss if borrowers default on their loans. A deterioration in economic conditions, declines 
in the volume of real estate sales and/or the sales prices or elevated unemployment rates in our market areas may result in 
higher rates of delinquencies, default and losses on our residential loans. 

Greater seasoning of our loan portfolio could result in credit defaults in the future. 

As a result of our planned growth, a significant portion of our loan portfolio at any given time may be of relatively 
recent origin. Typically, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding 
for some period of time (which varies by loan duration and loan type), a process referred to as "seasoning." As a result, a 
portfolio of more seasoned loans may more predictably follow a bank’s historical default or credit deterioration patterns 
than a newer portfolio. The current level of delinquencies and defaults may not represent the level that may prevail as the 
portfolio becomes more seasoned. If delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase our provision for 
loan  losses,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse effect  on  our business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and 
growth prospects. 

34 

Our business may be adversely  affected  by  downturns in  the national economy and economic  conditions  in our 
market area which could reduce demand for our products and services and/or result in increases in our level of 
non-performing loans, which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings. 

As of December 31, 2020, approximately $68.6 million, or 59.8%, of our total loans were to individuals and/or 
secured by properties located in our primary market area of Washington, Lawrence, Orange and Floyd counties in Indiana. 
As a result, our revenues and profitability are subject to prevailing economic, regulatory, demographic and other conditions 
in  Washington,  Lawrence,  Orange  and  Floyd  Counties.  Because  our  business  is  concentrated  in  this  area,  adverse 
economic,  regulatory,  demographic  or  other  developments  that  are  limited  to  this  area  may  have  a  disproportionately 
greater effect on us than they  would have  if  we did business in markets outside  that particular geographic area. Local 
economic conditions have a significant impact on the ability of our borrowers to repay loans and the value of the collateral 
securing loans. 

Our small size makes it more difficult for us to compete. 

Our small asset size makes it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions which are generally larger 
and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our 
principal source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on 
deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such 
investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new 
products and services as quickly as our competitors. Our ability to originate larger loans is limited by our lower loans to 
one borrower limit, which reduces our ability to compete for certain types of loans and can reduce our interest income. Our 
lower earnings also make it more difficult to offer competitive salaries and benefits. In addition, our smaller customer base 
makes it difficult to generate meaningful non-interest income. Finally, as a smaller institution, we are disproportionately 
affected by the ongoing increased costs of compliance with banking and other regulations. 

Future expansion may negatively impact our earnings. 

We consider our primary market area to consist of Washington, Lawrence, Orange and Floyd counties, Indiana. 
We currently operate three branches with our headquarters located in Salem, Indiana and two additional branch locations 
in Orleans and Mitchell, Indiana and a loan production office in New Albany, Indiana. In March 2021, we opened a loan 
production office in Louisville, Kentucky. In the future we may consider expanding our presence throughout our market 
area and may also decide to pursue further expansion through the establishment of one or more branches or additional loan 
production offices. The profitability of any expansion policy will depend on whether the income that we generate from the 
additional branches or loan production offices we may establish will offset the increased expenses resulting from operating 
new branches. It may take a period of time before any new branches or loan production offices would become profitable, 
especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. During this period, operating any new branches or 
loan production offices would likely have a negative impact on our net income. 

The loss of any one of our senior executive officers could hurt our operations. 

We rely heavily on our senior executive officers. The loss  of any one of these officers could have an adverse 
effect on us because, as a small community bank, each of these officers has more responsibilities than would be typical at 
a larger financial institution with more employees. In addition, as a small community bank, we have fewer management 
level personnel who are in a position to assume the responsibilities of such officers’ positions with us should we need to 
find replacements for any of these senior members of management. 

Our  business  strategy  includes  growth,  and  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be 
negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. Growing our operations could also 
cause our expenses to increase faster than our revenues. 

Our business strategy includes growth in assets, deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving such growth 
will require us to attract customers that currently  bank at other financial  institutions  in our market  area.  Our  ability to 
successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the 

35 

continued availability of desirable business opportunities, competition from other financial institutions in our market area 
and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our 
growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and operating results could be 
negatively affected. Furthermore, there can be considerable costs involved in opening branches or loan production offices 
and expanding lending capacity, and generally a period of time is required to generate the necessary revenues to offset 
these costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. Accordingly, any such business expansion 
can be expected to negatively impact our earnings until certain economies of scale are reached. Our expenses could be 
further increased if we encounter delays in the opening of new branches or loan production offices. 

We are subject to interest rate risk which could reduce our profitability and affect the value of our assets. 

Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon our net interest income. Interest rates are highly sensitive 
to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental 
and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest 
rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and investments and the amount of interest we pay on 
deposits and borrowings, but these changes could also affect (i) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the 
fair value of our financial assets and liabilities and (iii) the average duration of our mortgage-backed securities portfolio 
and other interest-earning assets. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than 
the  interest  rates  received  on  loans  and  other  investments,  our  net  interest  income,  and  therefore  earnings,  could  be 
adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments 
fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. 

A sustained  increase in market interest  rates  could adversely  affect  our earnings. A significant  portion  of  our 
loans have fixed interest rates and longer terms than our deposits and borrowings. As a result of the relatively low interest 
rate  environment,  an  increasing percentage  of  our  deposits  have  been  comprised  of  certificates  of  deposit  and  other 
deposits yielding no or a relatively low rate of interest having a shorter duration than our assets. At December 31, 2020, 
we  had  $22.6  million  in  certificates  of  deposit  that  mature  within  one year  and  $25.9  million  in  non-interest-bearing 
demand deposits. We would incur a higher cost of funds to retain these deposits in a rising interest rate environment. Our 
net interest income could be adversely affected if the rates we pay on deposits and borrowings increase more rapidly than 
the rates we earn on loans. In addition, a substantial amount of our home equity lines of credit have adjustable interest 
rates. As a result, these loans may experience a higher rate of default in a rising interest rate environment 

Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce 
the potential effects of changes in interest rates on our results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change 
in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Also, our 
interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest 
rate  changes  on  our  balance  sheet.  For  additional  information  see  Item 7.  "Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asset/Liability Management.” 

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition. 

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans 
or  other  sources  could  have  a  substantial  negative  effect  on  our  liquidity.  Our  access  to  funding  sources  in  amounts 
adequate to finance our activities or the terms of which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us 
specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to 
liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the Indiana markets in 
which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by 
factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about 
the  prospects  for  the  financial  services  industry  in  light  of  the  recent  turmoil  faced  by  banking  organizations  and  the 
continued deterioration in credit markets. Deposit flows, calls of investment securities and wholesale borrowings, and the 
prepayment of loans and mortgage-related securities are also strongly influenced by such external factors as the direction 
of interest rates, whether actual or perceived, and competition for deposits and loans in the markets we serve. Furthermore, 
changes to the underwriting guidelines of the FHLB, for wholesale borrowings or lending policies may limit or restrict our 
ability to borrow, and could therefore have a significant adverse impact on our liquidity. A decline in available funding 

36 

could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or to fulfill such obligations 
as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands. 

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability. 

We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our future 
growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. To date, we 
have been competitive by focusing on our business lines in our market area and emphasizing the high level of service and 
responsiveness  desired  by  our  customers.  We  compete  for  loans,  deposits  and  other  financial  services  with  other 
commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, brokerage houses, mutual funds, insurance companies and specialized finance 
companies, including “FinTech” companies. Many of our competitors offer products and services which we do not offer, 
and many have substantially greater resources and lending limits, name recognition and market presence that benefit them 
in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we 
do, and newer competitors may also be more aggressive in terms of pricing loan and deposit products than we are in order 
to  obtain  a  share of  the  market.  Some  of  the financial  institutions  and  financial  services  organizations  with  which  we 
compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on bank holding companies, federally insured state-
chartered  banks  and  national  banks  and  federal  savings  banks.  As  a  result,  these  nonbank  competitors  have  certain 
advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various services. Our profitability depends upon our continued 
ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some 
of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest earning assets. 

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio. 

Lending money is a substantial part of our business and each loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid 
in  accordance  with  its  terms,  or  that  any  underlying  collateral  will  not  be  sufficient  to  assure  repayment.  This  risk  is 
affected by, among other things: 

 

 

 

 

 

cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed; 

the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral, in the case of a collateralized loan; 

the duration of the loan; 

the character and creditworthiness of a particular borrower; and 

changes in economic and industry conditions. 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which we believe is an appropriate reserve to provide for probable 
losses in our loan portfolio. The allowance is funded by provisions for loan losses charged to expense. The amount of this 
allowance is determined by our management through periodic reviews and consideration of several factors, including, but 
not limited to: 

 

 

 

our general reserve, based on our historical default and loss experience, certain macroeconomic factors, and 
management’s expectations of future events; 

our specific reserve, based on our evaluation of non-performing loans and their underlying collateral; and 

an unallocated reserve to provide for other credit  losses inherent in our portfolio that may not  have been 
contemplated in the other loss factors. 

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of 
subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo 
material  changes.  Continuing  deterioration  in  economic conditions  affecting borrowers,  including  the  impact  from  the 

37 

COVID-19  pandemic,  new  information  regarding  existing  loans,  identification  of  additional  problem  loans  and  other 
factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank 
regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for 
possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. 
In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses we will need additional provisions to 
replenish the allowance for loan losses. Any additional provisions will result in a decrease in net income and possibly 
capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

A  new  accounting  standard  may  require  us  to  increase  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  may  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  has  adopted  a  new  accounting  standard  referred  to  as 
Current  Expected  Credit  Loss  (“CECL”),  which  will  require  financial  institutions  to  determine  periodic  estimates  of 
lifetime expected credit losses on loans and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for credit losses. This will 
change the current method of providing allowances for credit losses only when they have been incurred and are probable, 
which may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, and may greatly increase the types of data we would need 
to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for credit losses. This accounting pronouncement 
is expected to be applicable to us as an emerging growth company, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and 
for  interim reporting  periods beginning  after  December 15,  2022.  We  are  evaluating  the  impact  the  CECL  accounting 
model will have on our accounting, but expect to recognize a onetime cumulative-effect adjustment to the allowance for 
loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective. We cannot yet determine 
the magnitude of any such one-time cumulative adjustment or of the overall impact of the new standard on our financial 
condition or results of operations. The federal banking regulators, including the Federal Reserve, OCC and the FDIC, have 
adopted a rule that gives a banking organization the option to phase in over a three-year period the day-one adverse effects 
of CECL on its regulatory capital. For more on this new accounting standard, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report. 

Impairment of our investment securities could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact 
on our results of operations. 

In assessing the impairment of investment securities, we consider the length of time and extent to which the fair 
value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, whether the decline in market 
value was affected by macroeconomic conditions and whether we have the intent to sell the security or will be required to 
sell the security before its anticipated recovery. During years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we did not recognize 
any non-cash OTTI charges. There can, however, be no assurance that future declines in market value of our investment 
securities will not result in OTTI of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse 
effect on our net income and capital levels. 

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines 
or sanctions. 

The  USA  PATRIOT  and  Bank  Secrecy  Acts  and  related  regulations  require  financial  institutions  to  develop 
programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities 
are  detected,  financial  institutions  are  obligated  to  file  suspicious  activity  reports  with  the  U.S.  Treasury’s  Office  of 
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying 
and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations 
could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on pursuing acquisitions or establishing new branches. The policies 
and procedures we have adopted that are designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations may not be 
effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations. 

38 

We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than our competitors to continue 
to invest in technological improvements. 

The financial services industry continues to undergo rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of 
new  technology-driven  products  and  services.  In  addition  to  serving  customers  better,  the  effective  use  of  technology 
increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success may depend, in part, upon our 
ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer 
demands for convenience, as well as  to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have 
substantially greater resources to invest in  technological improvements. We cannot assure you that we  will  be able to 
effectively  implement  new  technology-driven  products  and  services  or  be  successful  in  marketing  these  products  and 
services to our customers. 

In  October 2019,  we  upgraded  our  core  processing  system  with  the  objective  to  improve  internal  reporting 
capabilities  for  both  management  and  the  board  of  directors  and  create  a  scalable  corporate  infrastructure  that  will 
significantly expand our ability to handle continued growth and improve our levels of operational efficiency. Further, our 
new system will enhance our capabilities and capacity to offer new products and services for loan and deposit customers 
and will enable us to offer more state-of-the-art technology-based services and delivery channels such as remote deposit 
capture and other business  banking services. As  a result  of this conversion,  we recognized  approximately  $389,000  in 
several  one-time  expenses  related  to  contract  termination  expenses.  We  do  not  anticipate  any  additional  contract 
termination and deconversion expenses to be recognized in the future. 

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure. 

We rely on numerous external vendors to provide us with products and services necessary to maintain our day-
to-day operations. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with 
the contracted arrangements under service level agreements. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance 
with  the  contracted  arrangements  under  service  level  agreements  because  of  changes  in  the  vendor’s  organizational 
structure, financial condition, support for existing products and services or strategic focus or for any other reason, could 
be disruptive to our operations, which in turn could have a material negative impact on our financial condition and results 
of operations. We also could be adversely affected to the extent such an agreement is not renewed by the third-party vendor 
or is renewed on terms less favorable to us. Additionally, the bank regulatory agencies expect financial institutions to be 
responsible for all aspects of our vendors’ performance, including aspects which they delegate to third parties. Disruptions 
or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our business and customers, or cyber-attacks or 
security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our customers use to access our products and services could 
result  in  client  attrition,  regulatory  fines,  penalties  or  intervention,  reputational  damage,  reimbursement  or  other 
compensation  costs,  and/or  additional  compliance  costs,  any  of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations or financial condition. 

We are subject to certain risks in connection with our use of technology. 

Our  security  measures  may  not  be  sufficient  to  mitigate  the  risk  of  a  cyber-attack.  Communications  and 
information  systems  are  essential  to  the  conduct  of  our  business,  as  we  use  such  systems  to  manage  our  customer 
relationships,  our  general  ledger  and  virtually  all  other  aspects  of  our  business.  Our  operations  rely  on  the  secure 
processing,  storage,  and  transmission  of  confidential  and  other  information  in  our  computer  systems  and  networks. 
Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer 
systems, software, and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, fraudulent or unauthorized access, denial or degradation 
of service attacks, misuse, computer viruses, malware or other malicious code and cyber-attacks that could have a security 
impact. If one or more of these events occur, this could jeopardize our or our customers’ confidential and other information 
processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or 
malfunctions  in  our  operations  or  the  operations  of  our  customers  or  counterparties.  We  may  be  required  to  expend 
significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other 
exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered 
through any insurance maintained by us. We could also suffer significant reputational damage. 

39 

Security breaches in our internet banking activities could further expose us to possible liability and damage our 
reputation. Increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, 
vulnerabilities in third party technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result 
in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that we use to prevent fraudulent transactions and to 
protect data about us, our customers and underlying transactions. Any compromise of our security could deter customers 
from using our internet banking services that involve the transmission of confidential information. We rely on standard 
internet  security  systems  to  provide  the  security  and  authentication  necessary  to  effect  secure  transmission  of  data. 
Although  we have developed  and  continue  to  invest  in  systems  and  processes  that  are  designed  to  detect  and prevent 
security breaches and cyber-attacks and periodically test our security, these precautions may not protect our systems from 
compromises or breaches of our security measures, and could result in losses to us or our customers, our loss of business 
and/or customers, damage to our reputation, the incurrence of additional expenses, disruption to our business, our inability 
to  grow  our  online  services  or  other  businesses,  additional  regulatory  scrutiny  or  penalties,  or  our  exposure  to  civil 
litigation  and  possible  financial  liability,  any of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Our  security  measures  may  not  protect  us  from  system  failures  or  interruptions.  While  we  have  established 
policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that 
such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, we outsource certain aspects 
of our data processing and other operational functions to certain third-party providers. While we select third-party vendors 
carefully, we do not control their actions. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties including those resulting from 
breakdowns or other disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor, failure of a vendor to handle current or 
higher transaction volumes, cyber-attacks and security breaches or if we otherwise have difficulty in communicating with 
them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our ability to deliver products 
and services to our customers and otherwise conduct business operations could be adversely impacted. Replacing these 
third-party  vendors  could  also  entail  significant  delay  and  expense.  Threats  to  information  security  also  exist  in  the 
processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel. 

We cannot assure you that such breaches, failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they 
will be adequately addressed by us or the third parties on which we rely. We may not be insured against all types of losses 
as a result of third-party failures and insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all losses resulting from breaches, 
system  failures  or  other  disruptions.  If  any  of  our  third-party  service  providers  experience  financial,  operational  or 
technological difficulties, or if there is any other disruption in our relationships with them, we may be required to identify 
alternative sources of such services, and we cannot assure you that we could negotiate terms that are as favorable to us, or 
could obtain services with similar functionality as found in our existing systems without the need to expend substantial 
resources, if at all. Further, the occurrence of any systems failure or interruption could damage our reputation and result 
in a loss of customers and business, could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to legal liability. 
Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

The board of directors oversees the risk management process, including the risk of cybersecurity, and engages 

with management on cybersecurity issues. 

Our business may be adversely affected by an increasing prevalence of fraud and other financial crimes. 

As a bank, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity that may be committed against us or our customers which 
may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our customers, disclosure or misuse of our information or our 
customers’ information, misappropriation of assets, privacy breaches against our customers, litigation or damage to our 
reputation. Such fraudulent activity may take many forms, including check fraud, electronic fraud, wire fraud, phishing, 
social  engineering  and  other  dishonest  acts.  Nationally,  reported  incidents  of  fraud  and  other  financial  crimes  have 
increased. In the normal course of business, we have also experienced losses due to apparent fraud and other financial 
crimes. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent such losses, there can be no assurance that such losses 
will not occur. 

40 

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities or properties we own. 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental 
liabilities  with  respect  to  one  or  more  of  these  properties,  or  with  respect  to  properties  that  we  own  in  operating  our 
business. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing defaulted loans. 
In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions 
or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury 
and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances 
first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown 
liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. 
In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase 
our  exposure  to  environmental  liability.  Our  policies,  which  require  us  to  perform  an  environmental  review  before 
initiating any foreclosure action on non-residential real property, may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental 
hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a 
material adverse effect on us. 

Because  we  have  elected  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  new  or  revised  accounting 
standards for an emerging growth company, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that 
comply with these accounting standards as of the public company effective dates. 

We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards 
under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting 
standards  that  have  different  effective  dates  for  public  and  private  companies  until  those  standards  apply  to  private 
companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with 
these  accounting  standards  as  of  the  public  company  effective  dates.  Because  our  financial  statements  may  not  be 
comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, investors may have difficulty evaluating or 
comparing our business, financial results or prospects in comparison to other public companies, which may have a negative 
impact on the value and liquidity of our common stock. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less 
attractive because we plan to rely on this exemption. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, 
there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2. Properties 

At December 31, 2020, we had our main office that includes a full-service branch and two full-service branches 
and a loan production office with an aggregate net book value of $1.9 million. All of our offices are owned except for the 
loan production office which we lease. The operating leases require us to pay property taxes and operating expenses on 
the properties. See also Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. In the opinion 
of management, the facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs. We may open additional banking offices to 
better serve current customers and to attract new customers in subsequent years. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits involving the Company, mainly as a plaintiff, such as 
claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which the Company holds security interests, claims 
involving  the  making  and  servicing  of  real  property  loans  and  other  issues  incident  to  the  Company’s  business.  The 
Company is not a party to any pending legal proceedings that management believes would have a material adverse effect 
on its financial condition or operations. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 
Securities 

At December 31, 2020, there were 3,565,430 shares of Company common stock issued and 3,173,057 shares of 
the Company common stock outstanding, 289 stockholders of record and an estimated 537 holders in nominee or “street 
name.” 

Our cash dividend payout policy is reviewed regularly by management and the board of directors. Our board of 
directors has declared quarterly cash dividends on our common stock for nine consecutive quarters. Any dividends declared 
and paid in the future would depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, our financial condition and 
results  of  operations,  tax  considerations,  statutory  and  regulatory  limitations,  and  general  economic  conditions.  No 
assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in future periods. 
Our future payment of dividends may depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from the Bank, which are restricted by 
federal regulations. 

Stock Repurchase 

The Company’s board of directors approved its first stock repurchase program in July 2019 pursuant to which 
the  Company  was  approved  to  repurchase  up  to  178,260  shares  of  its  common  stock,  or  approximately  5.0%  of  the 
outstanding shares at that time.  In  June 2020,  the Company completed this program, purchasing 178,260 shares of its 
common stock and paid an average price per share of $12.19. 

In May 2020, the Company announced a stock repurchase program under which the Company was approved to 
repurchase up to 171,000 shares of its common stock, or approximately 5.0% of the outstanding shares at that time. In 
September  2020,  the  Company  completed  this  program,  purchasing  171,000  shares  of  its  common  stock  and  paid  an 
average price per share of $12.48. 

On August 31, 2020, the Company announced a stock repurchase program under which the Company’s board of 
directors authorized the repurchase of up to 162,000 shares of its common stock, or approximately 5.0% of the outstanding 
shares at that time. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had purchased 92,311 shares of its common stock under the 
August 2020 repurchase program  and paid an  average  price per share of $13.22.  The  repurchase program  will remain 
effective until the total number of shares authorized is repurchased. However, the program may be suspended, terminated 
or modified at any time for any reason, including market conditions, the cost of repurchasing shares, the availability of 
alternative investment opportunities, liquidity, and other factors deemed appropriate. The repurchase program does not 
obligate the Company to purchase any particular number of shares. The following table sets forth information with respect 
to our repurchases of our outstanding common shares during the three months ended December 31, 2020: 

  (a) Total Amount  
of Shares 
Purchased 

(b) Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share 

    (c) Total Number     (d) Maximum 

of Shares 
Purchased 
as Part of 
Publicly 
  Approved Plans 
or Programs 

Number of 
Shares That 
  May Yet Be 
Purchased 
  Under The Plans
or Programs 

October 1, 2020 through October 31, 2020 
November 1, 2020 through November 30, 2020 
December 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 

 39,411   $
 200  
 20,000  

 12.93   
 13.75   
 14.40   

 39,411   
 200   
 20,000   

 89,889 
 89,689 
 69,689 

Total 

 59,611   $

 13.43   

 59,611   

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Securities for Equity Compensation Plans 

Please  refer  to  Item 12  in  this  Form 10-K  for  a  listing  of  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  equity 

compensation plans. 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements 
of the Company. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial 
statements  and  notes  beginning  on  page 59.  The  information  provided  below  is  derived  in  part  from  the  audited 
consolidated financial  statements  of  the  Company  that  appear  in  this  Form 10-K.  The following  information  is only a 
summary and you should read it in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results  of  Operations”  and  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  notes  thereto  contained  elsewhere  in  this 
Form 10-K. 

Selected Financial Condition Data: 

Total assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans receivable, net(1) 
Investment securities available for sale, at fair value 
Investment securities, held to maturity 
Deposits 
Borrowings 
Total stockholders' equity 

2020 

2019 

December 31, 
2018 
(In thousands) 

2017 

2016 

  $ 235,363   $ 208,436   $ 200,662   $ 176,677   $ 177,626 
 8,311 
   114,522 
    44,139 
 286 
   154,058 
 — 
    22,925 

    18,817  
   123,272  
    58,417  
 42  
   146,969  
    10,000  
    50,813  

 7,464  
   114,896  
    45,716  
 163  
   151,893  
 —  
    24,154  

    12,700  
   126,293  
    53,140  
 100  
   151,108  
 —  
    48,843  

 9,661  
   113,259  
   104,456  
 31  
   174,113  
    11,000  
    49,004  

Selected Operations Data: 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses (recapture) 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 

Net income 

2020 

 7,451   $
 936  
 6,515  
 132  
 6,383  
 865  
 6,022  
 1,226  
 35  
 1,191   $

  $

  $

2019 

Years Ended December 31, 
2018 
(In thousands) 

2017 

 8,000   $
 925  
 7,075  
 12  
 7,063  
 803  
 6,821  
 1,045  
 85  
 960   $

 7,276   $
 729  
 6,547  
 (200) 
 6,747  
 840  
 5,879  
 1,708  
 295  
 1,413   $

 6,478   $
 655  
 5,823  
 (700) 
 6,523  
 884  
 5,252  
 2,155  
 982  
 1,173   $

2016 

 6,398 
 714 
 5,684 
 (449)
 6,133 
 883 
 5,371 
 1,645 
 507 
 1,138 

(1)  Net of allowances for loan losses, loan in process and deferred loan fees. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data: 

Performance ratios: 

Return on average assets 
Return on average stockholders' equity 
Interest rate spread(1) 
Net interest margin(2) 
Efficiency ratio(3) 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities 
Total loans to deposits ratio 
Average stockholders' equity to average assets 
Stockholders' equity to total assets at end of period 

Capital ratios(4): 

Community Bank Leverage Ratio 
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 core capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Common equity Tier 1 (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 leverage (to average adjusted total assets) 

Asset quality ratios: 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans 
Allowance for loan losses as percent of non-performing loans   
Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period 
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans 
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets 

Other data: 

Number of full-service offices 
Full-time equivalent employees 

2020 

 0.55  %   
 2.33   
 3.08   
 3.28   
 81.6   
 144.0   
 66.0   
 23.5   
 20.8   

At or For the Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

 0.47  %   
 1.92   
 3.52   
 3.73   
 86.6   
 144.6   
 84.9   
 24.6   
 24.4   

 0.74  %   
 4.51   
 3.48   
 3.60   
 79.6   
 130.0   
 84.6   
 16.3   
 24.3   

 0.67  %   
 5.10   
 3.40   
 3.50   
 78.3   
 125.1   
 76.8   
 13.1   
 13.7   

2016 

 0.64  %
 5.08   
 3.27   
 3.37   
 81.8   
 122.1   
 76.0   
 12.5   
 12.9   

 17.6  %   
N/A   
N/A   
N/A   
N/A   

N/A   
 33.4  %   
 32.2   
 32.2   
 17.9   

N/A   
 31.9  %   
 30.7   
 30.7   
 18.0   

N/A   
 23.4  %   
 22.1   
 22.1   
 13.5   

N/A   
 22.2  %
 21.0   
 21.0   
 12.8   

 1.4  %   

 1.2  %   

 1.2  %   

 126.5   
 —   
 1.1   
 0.5   

 126.7   
 —   
 0.9   
 0.6   

 116.0   
 —   
 1.0   
 0.6   

 1.5  %   
 91.7   
 0.1   
 1.6   
 1.2   

 2.1  %

 104.4   
 0.2   
 2.1   
 1.5   

 3   
 47   

 3   
 42   

 3   
 43   

 3   
 38   

 3   
 34   

(1)  Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted 
average cost of funds on average interest-bearing liabilities. Tax exempt income is reported on a tax equivalent basis 
using a federal marginal tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and 34% for the years 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

(2)  Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets. Tax exempt income is reported on a tax 
equivalent basis using a federal marginal tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and 
34% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

(3)  Represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and total noninterest income. 
(4)  Effective January 1, 2020, the Bank elected to use the CBLR, as provided by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, 
and  Consumer  Protection  Act.  The  Act  contains  a  number  of  provisions  extending  regulatory  relief  to  banks  and 
savings  institutions  and  their  holding  companies.  A  bank  or  savings  institution  that  elects  to  use  the  CBLR  will 
generally  be  considered  well-capitalized  and  to  have  met  the  risk-based  and  leverage  capital  requirements  of  the 
capital regulations if it has a leverage ratio greater than 8.0%. As a result of this election as of January 1, 2020, a 
comparative ratio to prior years is not available. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Overview 

Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those funds, 
along with borrowed funds, in loans secured by first and second mortgages on one-to-four family residences (including 
home equity loans and lines of credit), commercial and multi-family, consumer and commercial business loans and, to a 
lesser extent, construction and land loans. We offer a wide variety of consumer loan products, including automobile loans, 
boat loans, manufactured homes not secured by permanent dwellings and recreational vehicle loans. We intend to continue 
emphasizing  our  residential  mortgage,  home  equity  and  consumer  lending,  while  also  expanding  our  emphasis  in 
commercial and multi-family and commercial business lending. 

Our operating revenues are derived principally from earnings on interest earning assets, service charges and fees. 
Our primary sources of funds are deposits, FHLB advances and other borrowings, and payments received on loans and 
securities. We offer a variety of deposit accounts that provide a wide range of interest rates and terms, generally including 
savings, money market, term certificate and checking accounts. Our noninterest expenses consist primarily of salaries and 
employee  benefits,  expenses  for  occupancy,  marketing  and  computer  services  and  FDIC  deposit  insurance  premiums. 
Salaries  and  benefits  consist  primarily  of  the  salaries  and  wages  paid  to  our  employees,  payroll  taxes,  expenses  for 
retirement  and other employee benefits.  Occupancy  expenses,  which  are  the  fixed  and  variable  costs  of  buildings  and 
equipment, consist primarily of lease payments, property taxes, depreciation charges, maintenance and costs of utilities. 

Our strategic plan targets individuals, small and medium size businesses in our market area for loan and deposit 
growth. In pursuit of these goals, and while managing the size of our loan portfolio, we focused on including a significant 
amount of commercial business and commercial and multi-family loans in our portfolio. A significant portion of these 
commercial  and  multi-family  and  commercial  business  loans  have  adjustable  rates,  higher  yields  or  shorter  terms  and 
higher credit risk than traditional fixed-rate mortgages. Our commercial loan portfolio (commercial and multi-family real 
estate, commercial construction and commercial business loans) decreased to $45.2 million, or 39.3% of our total loan 
portfolio at December 31, 2020, from $50.9 million or 40.8% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2019. The impact 
of additional commercial and multi-family, commercial construction and commercial business loans has had a positive 
impact  on  our  interest  income  and  has  helped  to  further  diversify  our  loan  portfolio  mix.  At  December 31,  2020,  our 
commercial real estate and commercial real estate construction portfolios totaled $31.0 million, which represents a 11.8% 
decrease  since  December 31,  2019.  At  December 31,  2020,  our  commercial  business  loans  were  $5.2  million,  which 
represents a 19.3% decrease since December 31, 2019. 

Our primary market area is in Washington, Lawrence, Orange and Floyd counties, Indiana. Adverse economic 
conditions in our market area can reduce our rate of growth, affect our customers’ ability to repay loans and adversely 
impact our financial condition and earnings. Weak economic conditions and ongoing strains in the financial and housing 
markets in portions of the United States, including our market area, have presented an unusually challenging environment 
for banks and their holding companies, including us. This has been particularly evident in our need to provide for credit 
losses during these periods at significantly higher levels than our historical experience and has also adversely affected our 
net interest income and other operating revenues and expenses. 

Significant Developments and the Impact of COVID-19 

The recent COVID-19 pandemic is expected to have a significant adverse impact on the United States’ economy, 

including the banking industry, in future fiscal periods. The impact is subject to a high degree of uncertainty. 

Our commercial and banking products are offered primarily in Indiana, where municipal and state-wide responses 
to the pandemic have led to a broad curtailment of economic activity beginning in March 2020. On May 1, 2020, Governor 
Eric J. Holcomb announced a five-phase plan to gradually ease restrictions with the goal of allowing nearly all activities 
to resume by July 4, 2020. Due to a growing number of infections in the state, Governor Holcomb issued an executive 
order on July 1, 2020 implementing “Stage 4.5” which continued face mask mandates and limitations on social gatherings 
to 250 people. On September 26, 2020, the state entered “Stage 5” which removed size limitations for social gatherings 
and meetings. Restaurants, bars and other indoor and outdoor venues are allowed to open to full capacity, although social 

45 

distancing and face masks are still required. On October 15, 2020, Governor Holcomb issued an executive order extending 
the termination of Stage 5 from October 17, 2020 to November 14, 2020. On November 13, 2020, Governor Holcomb 
issued an executive order, which reaffirmed the termination of Stage 5 on November 14, 2020, and established targeted 
restrictions  for  counties  that  had  high  positivity  rates  of  COVID-19  and  continued  the  requirement  of  face  masks 
throughout the state. On December 10, 2020, in response to rising positivity rates, Governor Holcomb issued an executive 
order which implemented restrictions on gatherings and events for each county in Indiana based upon its current color-
coded rating. Through a series of additional executive orders, the governor has continued his December 10, 2020 executive 
order, with the current order scheduled to expire on March 31, 2021. 

As  a  result  of  the  economic  contraction,  according  to  the  Indiana  Department  of  Workforce  Development, 
unemployment levels in Indiana increased considerably during the pandemic, growing to a maximum state-wide seasonally 
adjusted rate of 17.5% in April 2020. The state-wide seasonally-adjusted unemployment rate as of December 2020 was 
4.3%, compared to 3.2% in December 2019. The combined non-seasonally-adjusted unemployment rates in Washington, 
Lawrence and Orange counties (comprising a majority of our market area), are slightly higher than the state average as of 
December 2020. While the social and economic impacts from COVID-19 have been concentrated in large metropolitan 
areas, we anticipate to continue experiencing similar effects in smaller communities like in our market area. 

In response to the pandemic, several regulatory directives have been enacted at the federal, state and local levels, 

including the following: 

  The Federal Reserve took action to reduce the federal funds target rate by 50 basis points on March 3, 
2020 and then by another 100 basis points on March 16, 2020. The current range is 0.00% to 0.25%. 

  On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act  was signed  into  law. The CARES Act  established a $2 trillion 
economic  stimulus  package,  providing  cash  payments  to  individuals,  supplemental  unemployment 
insurance  benefits  and  a  $349  billion  loan  program  administered  through  the  U.S.  Small  Business 
Administration (the “SBA”), referred  to as  the  Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”). Under  the 
PPP, small businesses, sole proprietorships, independent contractors and self-employed individuals may 
apply  for  loans  from  existing  SBA  lenders  and  other  approved  regulated  lenders  that  enroll  in  the 
program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria. The Bank participated as a lender in the 
PPP. Through December 31, 2020, the Bank has issued 29 loans under the PPP totaling $474,000. As of 
December 31, 2020, 12 loans with a total principal balance of $268,000 received full forgiveness from 
the SBA. The remaining 16 loans had an outstanding principal balance of $168,000 as of December 31, 
2020. One PPP loan totaling approximately $21,000 was charged off due to the death of the borrower 
but is expected to be recovered in full. We expect that the majority of our remaining PPP borrowers will 
seek full or partial forgiveness of their loan obligations. 

 

In addition, the CARES Act and related bank agency regulatory guidance provide financial institutions 
the option to temporarily suspend certain requirements under GAAP related to TDRs for a limited period 
of time to account for the effects of COVID-19. Through December 31, 2020, the Bank has modified 89 
loans related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Most modifications allowed deferral of principal and interest 
payments for 90 days. As of December 31, 2020, 78 modified loans with a principal balance of $16.2 
million remained outstanding, and all modified loans have returned to their pre-modification payment 
terms.  Five  of  these  loans  totaling  $270,000  are  pre-existing  TDRs.  See  Note  4  of  the  Notes  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosure of TDRs as of December 31, 2020. All loans 
modified  due  to  COVID-19  will  be  separately  monitored  and  any  request  for  continuation  of  relief 
beyond  the  initial  modification  will  be  reassessed  at  that  time  to  determine  if  a further modification 
should be granted and if a downgrade in risk rating is appropriate. As of December 31, 2020, none of 
our customers who received PPP loans were granted some form of COVID-19 related loan modification. 

We  currently  expect  that  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  related  economic  developments  will  have  an  adverse 
impact on our business. The extent and duration of the COVID-19 economic impact is difficult to quantify, however our 
financial  condition,  capital  levels  and  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  While  the  ultimate 

46 

impact of the crisis is difficult to predict, we believe the Company is well-capitalized and has the financial stability to 
continue to responsibly serve its customers and communities during this unprecedented time. 

In  response  to  the pandemic, we  have  undertaken  several  actions  to  address  the  needs  of our  employees,  our 

customers and our communities, including the following: 

  We  are  working  with  our  loan  customers  who  have  been  negatively  impacted  by  the  pandemic  and 

require loan modifications and deferrals. 

  We waived fees for early withdrawals of certificates of deposit by customers due to hardship. 

  We participated as a lender in the PPP through the CARES Act in order to assist our customers and 

communities. 

  While we opened the lobbies of all of our branches to customer activity on May 13, 2020, per Governor’s 
Holcomb’s  executive  orders,  customers  are  still  required  to  wear  face  masks,  and  we  have  installed 
signage, stanchions and ropes to encourage social distancing and protective shielding in all customer-
facing  locations.  Employees  receive  temperature  checks  upon  entering  the  buildings,  and  we  are 
observing face mask requirements, social distancing, cleaning and other protocols in order to mitigate 
risk.  Our  pandemic  protocols  are  continually  evaluated  and  updated  based  upon  the  most-recent 
recommendations from federal, state and local health officials. 

Business Strategy 

We intend to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank dedicated to providing exceptional 
personal service to our individual and business customers. We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the markets 
we  serve  because  of  our  knowledge  of  the  local  marketplace  and  our  long-standing  history  of  providing  superior, 
relationship-based  customer  service.  Our  current  executive  management  team  is  comprised  of  individuals  with  strong 
banking backgrounds. Erica B. Schmidt, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, joined Mid-Southern 
Savings  Bank  in  2005.  In  December 2013,  Alexander  Babey  joined  Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank  as  Executive  Vice 
President and Chief Credit Officer, and we appointed him as our President and Chief Executive Officer in October 2016. 
In June 2014, we hired Frank (Buzz) Benson, III as Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer. The management 
team  has  worked  to  revise  our  business  strategy  and  position  Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank  for  future  growth  and 
profitability. 

Our current business strategy consists of the following: 

  Continuing to emphasize the origination of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. We have been 
and  will  continue  to  be  a  significant  one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  lender  to  borrowers  in  our 
market area. As of December 31, 2020, $66.1 million, or 28.1%, of our total assets consisted of one-to-four 
family residential mortgage loans. We historically have held all of our loan originations, including our fixed-
rate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, in our loan portfolio, however, beginning in October 2019 
we began brokering one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. 

 

Increasing commercial and multi-family real estate and commercial business lending. In order to increase 
the yield on our loan portfolio and reduce the term to repricing, our new management team began to increase 
our commercial and multi-family real estate and commercial business loan portfolios while maintaining what 
we believe are conservative underwriting standards. We focus our commercial lending to small businesses 
located  in  our  market  area,  targeting  owner  occupied  businesses  such  as  manufacturers  and  professional 
service providers. Our commercial and multi-family real estate and commercial business loan portfolios were 
$39.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2020. 

47 

 

Increasing our lower-cost core deposits. NOW, Demand, savings and money market accounts are a lower 
cost source of funds than certificates of deposit, and we have made a concerted effort to increase these lower-
cost transaction deposit accounts. We plan to continue to market our core transaction accounts, emphasizing 
our  high-quality  service  and  competitive  pricing  of  these  products.  We  also  offer  the  convenience  of 
technology-based products, such as bill pay, internet and mobile banking. 

  Managing credit risk to maintain a low level of non-performing assets. We believe strong asset quality is 
a  key  to  our  long-term  financial  success.  Our  strategy  for  credit  risk  management  focuses  on  having  an 
experienced  team  of  credit  professionals,  well-defined  policies  and  procedures,  appropriate  loan 
underwriting criteria and active credit monitoring. Our non-performing assets to total assets ratio was 0.5% 
and 0.6% at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2020, we had $1.2 million of non-
performing one-to-four family residential loans and $96,000 in non-performing commercial real estate loans. 

  Growing organically and through opportunistic branch acquisitions. We expect to consider both organic 
growth as well as acquisition opportunities that we believe would enhance the value of our franchise and 
yield potential financial benefits for our stockholders. We expect to focus our growth in our primary market 
areas and Louisville, Kentucky. We will consider expanding our branch network through the acquisition of 
other financial institutions, opening of additional branches or loan production offices or the acquisition of 
branches if the right opportunity occurs. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  on  our  financial 
statements, which  are prepared in  conformity with  U.S.  GAAP.  The preparation of  these financial statements requires 
management  to make  estimates  and  assumptions  affecting the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  disclosure  of 
contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. We consider the accounting policies 
discussed below to be significant accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions that we use are based on historical 
experience and various other factors and are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on 
the carrying value of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations. 

The JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards 
affecting public companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period, which means that the 
financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K, as well as any financial statements that we file in the 
future, will not be subject  to all new or revised accounting  standards  generally applicable to  public companies for  the 
transition period for so long as we remain an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out 
of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act. 

The following represent our significant accounting policies: 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent 
in the loan portfolio as of the date of the statement of condition and it is recorded as a reduction of loans. The allowance 
is  increased  by  the  provision  for  loan  losses,  and  decreased  by  charge-offs,  net  of  recoveries.  Loans  deemed  to  be 
uncollectible  are  charged  against  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  and  subsequent  recoveries,  if  any,  are  credited  to  the 
allowance.  All,  or  part,  of  the  principal  balance  of  loans  receivable  are  charged  off  to  the  allowance  as  soon  as  it  is 
determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely. Because all identified losses are 
immediately charged off, no portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted to any individual loan and the entire 
allowance is available to absorb all loan losses. 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  maintained  at  a  level  considered  adequate  to  provide  for  losses  that  can  be 
reasonably anticipated. Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance is 
based on our past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the 
borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current 

48 

economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates 
that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

The  allowance  consists  of  specific  and  general  components.  The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are 
classified as impaired. For loans that are classified impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows 
or collateral value of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. 

The general component covers pools of loans, by loan class, including commercial loans not considered impaired, 
as well as smaller balance homogenous loans, such as residential real estate, home equity and other consumer loans. These 
pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based on historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans, which are 
adjusted for qualitative factors. The qualitative factors include: 

  Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off and recovery 

practices; 

  National, regional and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various market 

segments, including the value of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans; 

  Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of the loans; 

  Experience, ability and depth of the lending management and staff; 

  Volume and severity of past due, classified and non-accrual loans, as well as other loan modifications; and 

  Quality of our loan review system and the degree of oversight by our board of directors. 

Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best 
judgment  using  relevant  information  available  at  the  time  of  the  evaluation.  Adjustments  to  the  factors  are  supported 
through documentation of changes in conditions  in  a narrative accompanying the allowance for loan loss  analysis and 
calculation. 

In addition, various bank regulatory agencies periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require 
an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs based on their judgment 
about information available to them at the time of their examination. 

Income Taxes. Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of certain transactions reported in the consolidated 
financial  statements.  Income  taxes  consist  of  taxes  currently  due  plus  deferred  taxes  related  primarily  to  temporary 
differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of the allowance for loan losses, premises and equipment, 
certain state tax credits, and deferred loan origination costs. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax 
return consequences of the temporary differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities 
are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it 
is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be 
realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the 
provision for income taxes. 

Estimation of Fair Values. Fair values for securities available-for-sale are obtained from an independent third-
party  pricing  service.  Where  available,  fair  values  are  based  on  quoted  prices  on  a  nationally  recognized  securities 
exchange. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using quoted market prices for similar benchmark 
securities. Management generally makes no adjustments to the fair value quotes provided by the pricing source. The fair 
values of foreclosed real estate and the underlying collateral value of impaired loans are typically determined based on 
evaluations  by  third  parties,  less  estimated  costs  to  sell.  When  necessary,  appraisals  are  updated  to  reflect  changes  in 
market conditions. 

49 

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash and cash equivalents totaled $9.7 million 
and $18.8 million, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents decreased due primarily to net purchases in investments and 
treasury stock, partially offset from funds provided by increases in deposits and operating activities. We have focused on 
investing excess liquidity in higher yielding loans and investment securities in an effort to increase net interest income. 

Loans. Our primary lending activity is the origination of loans secured by real estate. We originate one-to-four 
family residential loans, multi-family residential loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans. To a lesser 
extent, we originate commercial business loans and consumer loans. In August 2016, we opened a loan production office 
in New Albany, Indiana as part of our effort to increase our business lending and diversify the loan portfolio. Net loans 
receivable decreased $10.0 million, or 8.1%, to $113.3 million at December 31, 2020 from $123.3 million at December 31, 
2019.  The  decrease  in  net  loans  receivable  was  due  primarily  to  decreases  in  one-to-four  family  residential  loans, 
commercial real estate loans and commercial real estate construction loans. 

One-to-four family residential loans comprise the largest segment of our loan portfolio. At December 31, 2020, 
these  loans  totaled  $66.1  million,  or  57.6%  of  total  loans,  compared  to  $71.6  million,  or  57.4%  of  total  loans,  at 
December 31, 2019. The Bank originates both fixed- and adjustable-rate one-to-four family residential loans. We have 
recently increased our efforts to originate adjustable-rate one-to-four family residential loans and originated $9.3 million 
and $7.5 million of adjustable-rate loans in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Management intends to continue its focus on 
offering adjustable-rate mortgage loans at attractive rates. 

Multi-family  residential  mortgage  loans  totaled  $9.0  million,  or  7.8%  of  total  loans,  at  December 31,  2020 
compared to $9.3 million, or 7.4% of total loans at December 31, 2019. Despite the decrease in the year-over-year balance, 
we continue our effort to originate this type of loan. 

Commercial real estate loans totaled $30.2 million, or 26.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2020 compared to 
$32.3 million, or 25.9% of total loans, at December 31, 2019. During 2020 and 2019, we originated $5.8 million and $5.7 
million, respectively, of commercial real estate loans with an emphasis on adjustable-rate loans. 

Our  construction  loan portfolio  consists  of  residential  and commercial  construction  loans.  Construction  loans 
totaled  $2.9  million,  or  2.5%  of  total  loans  (excluding  unfunded  construction  loan  commitments  of  $2.9  million),  at 
December 31, 2020, compared to $3.2 million, or 2.6% of total loans (excluding unfunded construction loan commitments 
of $1.8 million), at December 31, 2019. Commercial construction loan originations decreased to $850,000 during 2020 
from $2.7 million in 2019. 

Commercial business loans totaled $5.2 million, or 4.5% of total loans at December 31, 2020, compared to $6.5 
million, or 5.2% of total loans, at December 31, 2019. During 2020 and 2019, we originated commercial business loans 
of $3.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively. 

Consumer loans totaled $1.4 million, or 1.3% of total loans at December 31, 2020, compared to $1.9 million, or 
1.5%  of  total  loans,  at  December 31,  2019.  Originations  of  consumer  loans  were  $603,000  in  2020  compared  to  $1.0 
million in 2019. 

Securities Available for Sale. Our available for sale securities portfolio consists primarily of U.S. government 
agency  debt  securities,  including  mortgage-backed  securities  and  collateralized  mortgage  obligations,  and  municipal 
obligations. Available for sale securities increased by $46.0 million, or 78.8%, to $104.5 million at December 31, 2020 
from $58.4 million at December 31, 2019. Investment securities increased due primarily to the purchase of $57.4 million 
of available for sale securities and a $2.6 million increase in the unrealized gain on available for sale securities which were 
partially offset by the $4.5 million sale of available for sale securities and $9.3 million from scheduled principal payments 
and maturities  of mortgage-backed and  tax-exempt  securities.  During  2020, we continued  our  strategy  to increase our 
investment in municipal obligations as a component of our available for sale securities portfolio due to their higher tax-
equivalent yield. At December 31, 2020, our investment in municipal obligations was $66.4 million compared to $37.9 
million at December 31, 2019. 

50 

Securities Held to Maturity. Our held to maturity securities portfolio consists primarily of U.S. government 
agency mortgage-backed securities. Held to maturity securities decreased $11,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. 
The  decrease  during  2020  was  due  to  principal  repayments  on  mortgage-backed  securities.  We  have  not  purchased 
investment securities as held to maturity during the past three years. 

Premises and Equipment. Premises and equipment were $1.9 million at both December 31, 2020 and 2019. See 

Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report for further information. 

Other Assets. Other assets decreased $24,000 to $418,000 at December 31, 2020 from $442,000 at December 31, 

2019 primarily due to a decrease in the net deferred tax asset during 2020. 

Deposits. Deposit accounts, primarily obtained from individuals and businesses throughout our local market area, 
are the primary source of funds for our lending and investments. Our deposit accounts are comprised of noninterest-bearing 
checking, interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market accounts and certificates of deposit. Deposits increased 
$27.1 million  or 18.5%,  during  the year  ended  December 31,  2020,  primarily  as  a  result  of  increases  in  both  interest-
bearing and noninterest-bearing accounts. 

Borrowings. On June 27, 2019, the Company borrowed $10.0 million from the FHLB which matures on June 27, 
2024 and bears interest at a rate of 1.73%. On December 30, 2020, the Company borrowed $1.0 million from the FHLB, 
bearing an interest rate of 0.26% and matured on January 6, 2021. 

Stockholders’ Equity. Stockholders’ equity decreased $1.8 million to $49.0 million at December 31, 2020 from 
$50.8 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease was due primarily to the repurchase of 403,171 shares of our common 
stock at a total cost of $5.0 million or an average cost of $12.48 per share, partially offset by an increase in accumulated 
other comprehensive income, net of tax, of $1.9 million due primarily to increases in the fair market value of available-
for-sale investments and net income of $1.2 million, less dividends of $255,000. 

Average Balances, Net Interest Income, Yields Earned and Rates Paid 

The  following  table  presents  information  regarding  average  balances  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  total  dollar 
amounts of interest income and dividends from average interest-earning assets, the dollar amounts of interest expense on 
average  interest-bearing  liabilities,  and  the  resulting  annualized  average  yields  and  costs.  The  yields  and  costs  for  the 
periods indicated are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balances of assets or liabilities respectively, 
for the periods presented. Average balances are calculated using daily balances. Nonaccrual loans are included in average 
daily balances only. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans and are not material. Tax exempt income on loans 
and  investment  securities  has  been  calculated  on  a  tax  equivalent  basis  using  a  federal  marginal  tax  rate  of  21%  for 

51 

the years  ended  December 31,  2020,  2019  and  2018.  Weighted  average  yields  for  tax  exempt  loans  and  investment 
securities at December 31, 2020 have been calculated on a tax equivalent basis using a federal marginal tax rate of 21%. 

At 
December 31,  
Weighted 
Average 
Yield/Cost    Balance       Interest     Yield / Cost   Balance 

  Average       

2020 

    Average     

Years Ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

  Average         

    Interest 

    Yield / Cost    Balance       Interest     Yield / Cost 

Interest-earning assets: 

Interest bearing deposits with banks 
Loans receivable, net (1) 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Other investment securities 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Total interest-earning assets 

Noninterest-earning assets 

Total assets 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 
Interest-bearing checking 
Savings and money market 
Certificates of deposit 

Total deposits 
FHLB borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total equity 

Total liabilities and equity 

Net interest income (taxable equivalent basis) 
Less: taxable equivalent adjustment 
Net interest income 
Net interest rate spread 
Net interest margin 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities 

(Dollars in thousands) 

0.02  %  $  19,049    $
4.48   
1.53   
3.26   
2.55   
3.50   

     121,467   
 20,078   
 46,661   
 778   
     208,033   

 60   
 5,562   
 422   
 1,695   
 25   
 7,764   

 0.31  %  $  14,481    $
     127,556     
 4.58   
 21,773     
 2.10   
 30,683     
 3.63   
 3.21   
 778     
 3.73  %     195,271     

 278   
 6,146   
 555   
 1,185   
 42   
 8,206   

 1.92  %  $  14,552    $
 4.82   
 2.55   
 3.86   
 5.40   
 4.20   

     123,361   
 23,493   
 23,510   
 778   
     185,694   

 236   
 5,809   
 448   
 877   
 40   
 7,410   

 1.62  %
 4.71   
 1.91   
 3.73   
 5.14   
 3.99   

 9,637   
  $ 217,670   

 7,971     
   $ 203,242     

 6,222   
  $ 191,916   

0.04   
0.17   
1.03   
0.38   
1.60   

  $  43,679   
 42,981   
 47,836   
     134,496   
 10,006   
     144,502   

 35   
 85   
 642   
 762   
 174   
 936   

 0.08  %  $  39,903     
 37,564     
 0.20   
 1.34   
 52,462     
 0.57  %     129,929     
 5,138     
 1.74   
     135,067     
 0.65   

 44   
 60   
 731   
 835   
 90   
 925   

 0.11   
 0.16   
 1.39   
 0.64   
 1.75   
 0.68   

  $  45,722   
 42,736   
 53,497   
     141,955   
 912   
     142,867   

 44   
 87   
 583   
 714   
 15   
 729   

 0.10   
 0.20   
 1.09   
 0.50   
 1.64   
 0.51   

 22,072   
     166,574   

 51,096   
  $ 217,670   

 18,095     
      153,162     

 50,080     
   $ 203,242     

 17,687   
     160,554   

 31,362   
  $ 191,916   

 6,828   
 (313)  
  $  6,515   

 7,281   
 (206) 
  $  7,075   

 6,681   
 (134) 
  $  6,547   

 3.08  %     
 3.28  %     

 144.0  %   

 3.52  %     
 3.73  %     

 144.6  %   

 3.48  %
 3.60  %
 130.0  %

(1)  Loan amount is net of deferred loan origination fees and costs, undisbursed loan funds and includes nonperforming 

loans. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
      
 
      
      
     
  
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis 

The following schedule presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major 
components  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  It  distinguishes  between  the  changes  related  to 
outstanding balances and that due to the changes in interest rates. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-
bearing  liabilities,  information  is  provided  on  changes  attributable  to  (i) changes  in  volume  (i.e.,  changes  in  volume 
multiplied by old rate) and (ii) changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume). For purposes of this table, 
changes  attributable  to  both  rate  and  volume,  which  cannot  be  segregated,  have  been  allocated  proportionately  to  the 
change due to volume and the change due to rate. 

Years Ended December 31, 

2020 Compared to 2019 
Increase (Decrease) Due to 
     Volume      Net 

     Rate 

2019 Compared to 2018 
Increase (Decrease) Due to 
     Volume      Net 

     Rate 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Interest income 

Interest bearing deposits with banks(1) 
Loans receivable, net 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Other investment securities(2) 
Total interest-earning assets 

Interest expense 

Interest-bearing checking 
Savings and money market 
Certificates of deposit 
FHLB borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

   $  (350)   $  132   $  (218)  $
      (296)      (284) 
 (41) 
 465  
 272  

 (92)    
 (83)    
      (821)    

    (580) 
    (133) 
 382  
    (549) 

 (14)    
 16     
 (26)    
 (1)    
 (25)    

 5  
 9  
 (63) 
 85  
 36  

 (9) 
 25  
 (89) 
 84  
 11  

 43   $

 (1)  $

 135  
 137  
 7  
 322  

 —  
 (31) 
 159  
 1  
 129  

 195  
 (30) 
 238  
 402  

 —  
 4  
 (11) 
 74  
 67  

 42 
 330 
 107 
 245 
 724 

 — 
 (27)
 148 
 75 
 196 

Net increase (decrease) in net interest income 

  $  (796)  $  236   $  (560)  $  193   $  335   $  528 

(1)  Includes interest-bearing deposits (cash) at other financial institutions. 
(2)  Includes FHLB Stock. 

Comparison of Operating Results Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 

Overview. The Company reported net income  of $1.2 million  ($0.38 per  common  share diluted) for the year 
ended December 31, 2020, compared to net  income  of $960,000  ($0.29 per  common share diluted) for  the year ended 
December 31,  2019.  The  significant  factors  that  contributed  to  the  increase  in  net  income  for  2020  was  a  decrease  in 
noninterest expenses, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income after provision for loan losses. 

Net  Interest  Income.  Net  interest  income  decreased  $560,000,  or  7.9%,  to  $6.5  million  for  2020  from  $7.1 
million for 2019 primarily as the result of a decrease in the average yield earned on interest-earning assets. The ratio of 
average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities decreased slightly to 144.0% for 2020 from 144.6% 
for 2019. The interest rate spread decreased to 3.08% for 2020 from 3.52% for 2019. 

Total interest income decreased $549,000, or 6.9%, to $7.5 million for 2020 from $8.0 million for 2019. The 
decrease  is  primarily due  to  a  decrease  in  the  average  yield  earned  on  interest-earning  assets.  The  average  balance  of 
interest-earning assets increased  to  $208.0 million for 2020 from $195.3 million  for 2019.  The average tax-equivalent 
yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 3.73% for 2020 from 4.20% for 2019 primarily due to lower market interest 
rates and a shift in the asset mix from loans to investment securities. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
      
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Interest income on loans was $5.6 million for 2020 compared to $6.1 million for 2019. The decrease was due to 
a decrease in the average tax-equivalent yield on loans to 4.58% for 2020 from 4.82% for 2019, and a decrease in average 
loans outstanding of $6.1 million, or 4.8%, to $121.5 million in 2020 from $127.6 million in 2019. 

Interest income on investment securities increased $249,000, or 15.7%, to $1.8 million for 2020 from $1.6 million 
for 2019, primarily due to a $14.3 million increase in the average balance of total investment securities to $67.5 million 
for 2020 from $53.2 million for 2019 partially offset by an 18 basis point decrease in the average tax-equivalent yield on 
investment securities. 

Interest income on interest-bearing deposits with banks decreased $218,000, or 78.4%, due primarily to a decrease 

in the average yield to 0.31% for 2020 from 1.92% for 2019. 

Total interest expense increased $11,000, or 1.2%, due to an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing 
liabilities,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  the  cost  of  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  average  cost  of  interest-bearing 
liabilities decreased to 0.65% for 2020 from 0.68% for 2019. The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased 
$9.4  million  to  $144.5  million  for  2020  from  $135.1  million  for  2019,  due  primarily  to  increases  in  both  the  average 
balance of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings and the average balance of savings and interest-bearing demand deposit 
accounts, partially offset by a decrease in the average balance of time deposits. 

Provision for Loan Losses. Based on an analysis of the factors described in “Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies –  Allowance  for  Loan  Losses”,  the  Company  recognized  a  provision  for  loan  losses  of  $132,000  for  2020 
compared to $12,000 for 2019. Non-performing loans increased to $1.3 million, or 1.1% of total loans at December 31, 
2020, compared to $1.2 million, or 0.9% of total loans at December 31, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2020, 
net charge-offs totaled $41,000 compared to $18,000 for 2019. Impaired loans decreased $291,000 or 11.9%, from $2.4 
million at December 31, 2019 to $2.2 million at December 31, 2020. 

Noninterest  Income.  Noninterest  income  increased  $62,000,  or  7.7%,  to  $865,000  for  2020  as  compared  to 
$803,000 for 2019. The year-over-year increase in noninterest income was primarily due to increases of $97,000 in net 
gain on sales of securities available for sale, $39,000 in ATM and debit card fee income and $57,000 in other income, 
partially offset by a $127,000 decrease in deposit account service charges. 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense decreased $799,000, or 11.7%, to $6.0 million for 2020 as compared 
to $6.8 million for 2019. The decrease was due primarily to decreases in data processing expenses of $801,000, decreases 
in  professional  fees  of  $79,000,  decreases  in  impairment  loss  on  real  estate  held  for  sale  of  $67,000,  decreases  in 
stockholders’ meeting expenses of $53,000, and other expenses of $70,000, partially offset by increases of $225,000 in 
compensation and benefits expense and $48,000 in directors’ compensation expense. Data processing expenses decreased 
due  primarily  to  contract  termination  expenses  recognized  during  2019  related  to  the  Bank’s  core  processing  system 
conversion which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2019. In October 2019, we upgraded our core processing system 
with the objective to improve internal reporting capabilities for both management and the board of directors and create a 
scalable corporate infrastructure that will significantly expand our ability to handle continued growth and improve our 
levels of operational efficiency. Further, our new system enhances our capabilities and capacity to offer new products and 
services for loan and deposit customers and will enable us to offer more state-of-the-art technology-based services and 
delivery channels such as remote deposit capture and other business banking services. As a result of this conversion, we 
recognized approximately $389,000 in several one-time expenses related to contract termination expenses during 2019. 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $35,000 for 2020 compared to $85,000 for 2019 resulting from 
reductions in pre-tax income and in the effective tax rate. The effective tax rate for 2020 decreased to 2.9% compared to 
8.1% for 2019 due largely to increased tax-exempt investment income proportionate to overall pre-tax income. See Note 11 
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report for additional information. 

Liquidity 

Liquidity  management  is  both  a daily  and  longer-term  function  of management.  Excess  liquidity  is generally 
invested in short-term investments, such as overnight deposits and federal funds. On a longer-term basis, we maintain a 

54 

strategy  of  investing  in various  lending  products  and  investment  securities,  including  municipal  and mortgage-backed 
securities.  We  use  our  sources  of  funds primarily  to  meet  ongoing  commitments,  pay  maturing deposits,  fund deposit 
withdrawals and fund loan commitments. 

We maintain cash and investments that qualify as liquid assets to maintain adequate liquidity to ensure safe and 
sound operation and meet demands for customer funds (particularly withdrawals of deposits). At December 31, 2020 and 
2019, we had $114.1 million and $77.2 million, respectively, in cash and investment securities available for sale generally 
available for our cash  needs. We  can  also obtain funds  from  borrowings,  primarily FHLB  advances.  At December 31, 
2020, we had $11.0 million in FHLB advances outstanding and the ability to borrow an additional $14.0 million in FHLB 
advances, subject to certain collateral requirements. We are required to have enough cash and investments that qualify as 
liquid  assets  in  order  to  maintain  sufficient  liquidity  to  ensure  safe  and  sound  operations.  Liquidity  may  increase  or 
decrease depending upon the availability of funds and comparative yields on investments in relation to the return on loans. 
Historically, we have maintained liquid assets above levels believed to be adequate to meet the requirements of normal 
operations, including potential deposit outflows. Cash flow projections are regularly reviewed and updated to assure that 
adequate liquidity is maintained. 

Liquidity  management  involves  the  matching  of  cash  flow  requirements  of  customers,  who  may  be  either 
depositors desiring to withdraw funds or borrowers needing assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet their 
credit  needs  and  our  ability  to  manage  those  requirements.  We  strive  to  maintain  an  adequate  liquidity  position  by 
managing the balances and maturities of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities so that the balance we have 
in short-term investments at any given time will cover adequately any reasonably anticipated, immediate need for funds. 
Additionally,  we  maintain  relationships  with  correspondent  banks,  which  could  provide  funds  on  short-term  notice  if 
needed. Our liquidity, represented by cash and cash-equivalents, is a product of our operating, investing and financing 
activities. 

Our liquidity, represented by cash and cash equivalents and investment securities, is a product of our operating, 
investing and financing activities. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, amortization, prepayments and maturities of 
outstanding loans and mortgage-backed securities, maturities of investment securities and other short-term investments 
and  funds  provided  from  operations.  While  scheduled  payments  from  the  amortization  of  loans  and  mortgage-backed 
securities  and  maturing  investment  securities  and  short-term  investments  are  relatively  predictable  sources  of  funds, 
deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, which provide liquidity to meet lending 
requirements. We also generate  cash  through borrowings. We  utilize  FHLB  advances to  leverage our capital base and 
provide funds for our lending and investment activities, and to enhance our interest rate risk management. 

We  use  our  sources  of  funds  primarily  to  meet  ongoing  commitments,  pay  maturing  deposits  and  fund 
withdrawals,  and  to  fund  loan  commitments.  At  December 31,  2020,  the  approved  outstanding  loan  commitments, 
including  unused  lines  and  letters  of  credit,  amounted  to  $17.6  million.  Certificates  of  deposit  scheduled  to  mature  in 
one year or less at December 31, 2020, totaled $22.6 million. It is management’s policy to manage deposit rates that are 
competitive  with  other  local  financial  institutions.  Based  on  this  management  strategy,  we  believe  that  a  majority  of 
maturing deposits will remain with us. 

Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business in 
order to meet the financing  needs of its  customers. For  information regarding our  commitments  and  off-balance  sheet 
arrangements, see Notes 15 and 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-
K. 

55 

The following table summarizes our commitments and contingent liabilities with off-balance sheet risks as of 

December 31, 2020: 

Commitments to originate loans 

Fixed rate 
Adjustable rate 

Undisbursed balance of commercial and personal lines of credit 
Undisbursed balance of commercial construction loans 
Undisbursed balance of residential construction loans 
Standby letters of credit 

Capital 

Total 
Amounts 
  Committed 

Due in 
One 
Year 
(Dollars in thousands) 

   $ 

   $ 

 180    $ 

 2,244   
 11,752   
 2,928   
 451   
 26   
 17,581    $ 

 180 
 2,244 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 26 
 2,450 

Mid-Southern Savings  Bank is subject to  minimum  capital requirements imposed by regulations of the OCC. 
Based on its capital levels at December 31, 2020, Mid-Southern Savings Bank exceeded these requirements as of that date. 
Consistent with our goals to operate a sound and profitable organization, our policy is for Mid-Southern Savings Bank to 
maintain  a  “well-capitalized”  status  under  the  regulatory  capital  categories  of  the  OCC.  Based  on  capital  levels  at 
December 31, 2020, Mid-Southern Savings Bank was considered to be well-capitalized. Management monitors the capital 
levels  to  provide  for  current  and  future  business  opportunities  and  to  maintain  Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank’s  “well-
capitalized”  status.  See  Item 1.  “Business  –  Regulation  –  Federal  Regulation  of  Savings  Institutions  –  Capital 
Requirements.” and Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K 
for additional details on Mid-Southern Savings Bank’s regulatory capital requirements. 

On  May  24,  2018,  the  President  signed  into  law  the  Economic  Growth,  Regulatory  Relief,  and  Consumer 
Protection Act passed by Congress (the “Act”). The Act contains a number of provisions extending regulatory relief to 
banks and savings institutions and their holding companies. Effective January 1, 2020, a bank or savings institution that 
elects to use the Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”) will generally be considered well-capitalized and to have 
met the risk-based and leverage capital requirements of the capital regulations if it has a leverage ratio greater than 9.0% 
(adjusted to 8.0% effective April 1, 2020). On October 9, 2020, the OCC along with the Board of Governors of the Federal 
Reserve  System  and  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  published  a  final  rule,  effective  November  9,  2020, 
implementing a temporary change to the CBLR framework pursuant to the CARES Act, and provides a graduated increase 
from the temporary 8.0% requirement to the 9.0% requirement as established under the final rule published in 2019. To 
be eligible to elect to use the CBLR, the bank or institution also must have total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion, 
off-balance sheet exposures of 25% or less of its total consolidated assets, and trading assets and trading liabilities of 5.0% 
or less of its total consolidated assets, all as of the end of the most recent quarter. The Bank elected to use the CBLR 
effective January 1, 2020. 

As of December 31, 2020, the Bank was considered well-capitalized under applicable federal regulatory capital 
guidelines with a CBLR of 17.6%. As a result of this election as of January 1, 2020, a comparative ratio to December 31, 
2019 is not available. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the capital ratios of Mid-Southern Savings Bank at December 31, 2019 (dollars in 

thousands): 

Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted assets(1) 
Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets(2) 
Total Capital to risk-weighted assets(2) 
Common Equity Tier 1 (to risk-weighted assets) (2)   

Minimum Required 
to Be Well- 
Capitalized 
Under Prompt 
Corrective 
Action Provisions 
      Amount       Ratio 

Minimum Capital 
Requirements 

      Amount       Ratio 

Actual 

     Amount       Ratio 
  $ 37,562   
   37,562   
   39,021   
   37,562   

 17.9 %   $  8,401   
    9,919   
 32.2  
   12,253   
 33.4  
    8,168   
 32.2  

 4.00 %  $ 10,501   
 9,335   
 8.50  
   11,669   
 10.50  
 7,585   
 7.00  

 5.00 %
 8.00  
 10.00  
 6.50  

(1)  Based on total adjusted assets of $210.0 million. 
(2)  Based on risk-weighted assets of $116.7 million. 

For a bank holding company with less than $3.0 billion in assets, the capital guidelines apply on a bank only basis 
and the Federal Reserve expects the holding company’s subsidiary banks to be well capitalized under the prompt corrective 
action regulations. If Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. was subject to regulatory guidelines for bank holding companies with 
$3.0 billion or more in assets, at December 31, 2020, Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. would have exceeded all regulatory 
capital requirements. 

Asset/Liability Management 

Our Risk When Interest Rates Change. The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally 
are established contractually  for  a  period of time. Market  rates  change over time. Like other financial  institutions, our 
results of operations are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. 
The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk 
and is our most significant market risk. 

How  We  Measure  Our  Risk  of  Interest  Rate  Changes.  As  part  of  our  attempt  to  manage  our  exposure  to 
changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor our interest rate risk. In doing so, we analyze 
and  manage  assets  and  liabilities  based  on  their  interest  rates  and  payment  streams,  timing  of  maturities,  repricing 
opportunities, and sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates. 

We are subject to interest rate risk to the extent that our interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and FHLB 
advances, reprice more rapidly or at different rates than our interest-earning assets. In order to minimize the potential for 
adverse effects of material prolonged increases or decreases in interest rates on our results of operations, we have adopted 
an asset and liability management policy. Our board of directors sets the asset and liability policy, which is implemented 
by the asset/liability committee. 

The  purpose  of  the  asset/liability  committee  is  to  communicate,  coordinate,  and  control  asset/liability 
management consistent with our business plan and board-approved policies. The committee establishes and monitors the 
volume and mix of assets and funding sources, taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and 
liquidity  needs.  The  objectives  are  to  manage  assets  and  funding  sources  to  produce  results  that  are  consistent  with 
liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability goals. 

The committee generally meets quarterly to, among other things, protect capital through earnings stability over 
the interest rate cycle; maintain our well-capitalized status; and provide a reasonable return on investment. The committee 
recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The committee is responsible for reviewing and reporting 
the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the board of directors at least quarterly. Executive management 
oversee the process on a daily basis. 

Our asset/liability management strategy dictates acceptable limits on the amounts of change in given changes in 
interest rates. For interest rate increases of 100, 200, and 300 basis points, our policy dictates that our Economic Value of 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Equity (“EVE”) ratio should not fall below 10.0%, 20.0%, and 30.0%, respectively. As illustrated in the table below, we 
were in compliance with this aspect of our asset/liability management policy at December 31, 2020. 

Mid-Southern Savings Bank uses an EVE interest rate sensitivity analysis in order to evaluate the impact of its 
interest rate risk on earnings and capital. This is measured by computing the changes in net EVE for its cash flow from 
assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. EVE 
modeling involves discounting present values of cash flows for on and off-balance sheet items under different interest rate 
scenarios and provides no effect given to any steps that management might take to counter the effect of the interest rate 
movements. The discounted present value of all cash flows represents the Mid-Southern Savings Bank’s EVE and is equal 
to the market value of assets minus the market value of liabilities, with adjustments made for off balance sheet items. The 
amount of base case EVE and its sensitivity to shifts in interest rates provide a measure of the longer-term re-pricing and 
option risk in the balance sheet. The table presented below, as of December 31, 2020, is an internal analysis of our interest 
rate risk as measured by changes in EVE for instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve, in 100 basis 
point increments, from no change to up 400 basis points. A decline beyond 100 basis points is not reported as any further 
decline in rates is unlikely as the current federal funds rate is from 0.0% to 0.25%. 

Immediate Change 
In the Level 
Of Interest Rates 

400bps 
300bps 
200bps 
100bps 
Static 
(100)bps 

Economic Value of Equity as a 
% of Present Value of Assets 

$ Amount 

Economic Value of Equity 
$ Change 

      % Change 
(Dollars in thousands)  

      EVE Ratio %       

   $ 

 36,366   $ 
 40,781  
 45,533  
 50,372  
 55,294  
 57,650  

 (18,928) 
 (14,513) 
 (9,761) 
 (4,922) 
 —  
 2,356  

 (34.2)%  
 (26.2) 
 (17.7) 
 (8.9) 
 —  
 4.3  

 14.9 %  
 16.8  
 18.7  
 20.7  
 22.7  
 23.7  

Change 

 (7.8)%
 (6.0) 
 (4.0) 
 (2.0) 
 —  
 1.0  

In addition to monitoring selected measures of EVE, management also monitors effects on net interest income 
resulting from increases or decrease in rates. This process is used in conjunction with EVE measures to identify excessive 
interest rate risk. In managing our assets/liability mix, depending on the relationship between long- and short-term interest 
rates, market conditions and consumer preference, we may place somewhat greater emphasis on maximizing its net interest 
margin than on strictly matching the interest rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities. Management also believes that the 
increased net income which may result from an acceptable mismatch in the actual maturity or re-pricing of its asset and 
liability portfolios can, during periods of declining or stable interest rates, provide sufficient returns to justify the increased 
exposure  to  sudden  and  unexpected  increases  in  interest  rates  which  may  result  from  such  a  mismatch.  Management 
believes that our level of interest rate risk is acceptable under this approach. 

In evaluating our exposure to interest rate movements, certain shortcomings inherent in the method of analysis 
presented in the foregoing table must be considered. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar 
maturities or re-pricing periods, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest 
rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest 
rates  on  other  types  may  lag  behind  changes  in  interest  rates.  Additionally,  certain  assets,  such  as  adjustable-rate 
mortgages, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, 
in  the  event  of  a  significant  change  in  interest  rates,  prepayment  and  early  withdrawal  levels  would  likely  deviate 
significantly from those assumed above. Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the 
event of an interest rate increase. We consider all of these factors in monitoring our exposure to interest rate risk. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises principally 
from interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing, deposit and borrowing activities. Management actively monitors 
and manages its interest rate risk exposure. In addition to other risks that we manage in the normal course of business, 
such as credit quality and liquidity, management considers interest rate risk to be a significant market risk that could have 
a  potential  material  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  The  information  contained  in  Item 7, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asset/Liability Management” 
in this Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Page
60
61
62
63
64
65
66-106

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Salem, Indiana 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) as of 
December  31,  2020  and  2019,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in 
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related 
notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in 
the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and 
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. The  Company  is not  required  to  have, nor were  we engaged  to perform,  an  audit of its 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audits,  we  are  required  to  obtain  an  understanding of  internal 
control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits 
also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for 
our opinion. 

We have served as the Company’s, or its predecessors’, auditor since at least 1975.  

New Albany, Indiana 
March 26, 2021 

60 

 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 
(In thousands, except share information) 

ASSETS 

Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available for sale, at fair value 
Securities held to maturity 

Loans, net 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost 
Real estate held for sale 
Premises and equipment 
Accrued interest receivable: 

Loans 
Securities 

Cash value of life insurance 
Other assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES 
Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing 
Interest-bearing 
Total deposits 

  Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank 

  Accrued interest payable 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

2020 

2019 

$ 

$ 

 1,778   
 7,883   
 9,661   

 104,456   
 31   

 1,577 
 17,240 
 18,817 

 58,417 
 42 

 113,259   

 123,272 

 778   
 99   
 1,898   

 314   
 584   
 3,865   
 418   

 778 
 135 
 1,874 

 410 
 455 
 3,794 
 442 

$ 

 235,363   

$ 

 208,436 

$ 

$ 

 25,939   
 148,174   
 174,113   

 17,796 
 129,173 
 146,969 

 11,000   

10,000 

 10   
 1,236   
 186,359   

7 
 647 
 157,623 

Preferred stock, 1,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value, no shares issued and outstanding 
Common stock, 30,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value, 3,565,430 shares issued and 3,173,057 shares 
outstanding (3,557,728 in 2019) 
Additional paid-in-capital 
Retained earnings, substantially restricted 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Unearned ESOP shares 
Unearned stock compensation plan 
Treasury stock, at cost - 392,373 shares (7,702 in 2019) 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

 —   

 — 

 36   
 30,559   
 22,299   
 3,213   
 (1,769) 
 (422) 
 (4,912) 
 49,004   

 36 
 30,415 
 21,363 
 1,281 
 (1,883)
 (300)
 (99)
 50,813 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

$ 

 235,363   

$ 

 208,436 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 
(In thousands, except per share information) 

2020 

2019 

INTEREST INCOME 
Loans, including fees 
Investment securities: 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal tax exempt 
Other debt securities 

Federal Home Loan Bank dividends 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks and time deposits 
Total interest income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

Deposits 
Borrowings 

Total interest expense 

Net interest income 

Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

NONINTEREST INCOME 

Deposit account service charges 
Net gain on sales of securities available for sale 
Increase in cash value of life insurance 
ATM and debit card fee income 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE 
Compensation and benefits 
Occupancy and equipment 
Data processing 
Professional fees 
Impairment loss on real estate held for sale 
Loss on disposal of premises and equipment 
Directors' compensation 
Stockholders' meeting expense 
Supervisory examinations 
Deposit insurance premiums 
Other expenses 

Total noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 

Income tax expense 

Net Income 

Earnings per common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

62 

$ 

 5,551   

$ 

 422   
 1,134   
 259   
 25   
 60   
 7,451   

 762   
 174   
 936   

 6,515   

 132   
 6,383   

 184   
 104   
 68   
 419   
 90   
 865   

 3,453   
 455   
 381   
 597   
 37   
 13   
 343   
 62   
 64   
 26   
 591   
 6,022   

 1,226   

 35   

$ 

$ 
$ 

 1,191   

$ 

 0.38   
 0.38   

$ 
$ 

 6,131 

 555 
 719 
 275 
 42 
 278 
 8,000 

 835 
 90 
 925 

 7,075 

 12 
 7,063 

 311 
 7 
 72 
 380 
 33 
 803 

 3,228 
 456 
 1,182 
 676 
 104 
 — 
 295 
 115 
 71 
 33 
 661 
 6,821 

 1,045 

 85 

 960 

 0.29 
 0.29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 
(In thousands) 

Net Income 

Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax 

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale: 

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the period 
Income tax expense 
Net of tax amount 

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in net income during the 
period 
Income tax expense 
Net of tax amount 

Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax 

Total Comprehensive Income 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 1,191   $ 

 960  

 2,675  
 (665) 
 2,010  

 104  
 (26) 
 78  

 1,933  
 (481) 
 1,452  

 7  
 (2) 
 5  

 1,932  

 1,447  

  $ 

 3,123   $ 

 2,407  

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER, 31, 2020 AND 2019 
(In thousands, except share information) 

  Additional  

      Accumulated        
Other 

  Unearned    Unearned 

   Common     Paid-in 
   Capital 

Stock 

   Retained     Comprehensive    ESOP 
   Earnings     Income (Loss)      Shares 

Stock 
   Compensation    

   Treasury 
Stock 

   Total 

Balances at January 1, 2019 

  $ 

 36   $ 

 30,302   $   20,672   $ 

 (166)  $   (1,997)  $ 

 (1)  $ 

 (3)  $   48,843 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income 

Cash dividends ($0.08 per share) 

Shares released by ESOP trust 

Purchase of 38,400 treasury shares 

Grant of treasury stock for stock compensation 

Stock compensation expense 

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 32  

 —  

 13  

 68  

 960  

 —  

 (269)  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 1,447  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 114  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 960 

 —  

 1,447 

 —  

 —  

 (269)

 146 

 (497) 

 (497)

 (414) 

 401  

 — 

 115  

 —  

 183 

Balances at December 31, 2019 

  $ 

 36   $ 

 30,415   $   21,363   $ 

 1,281   $   (1,883)  $ 

 (300)  $ 

 (99)  $   50,813 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income 

Cash dividends ($0.08 per share) 

Shares released by ESOP trust 

Purchase of 403,171 treasury shares 

Grant of treasury stock for stock compensation 

Stock compensation expense 

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 1,191  

 —  

 —  

 33  

 —  

 42  

 69  

 —  

 (255)  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 1,932  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 114  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 1,191 

 —  

 1,932 

 —  

 —  

 (255)

 147 

 —  

 (5,044) 

 (5,044)

 (273) 

 231  

 — 

 151  

 —  

 220 

Balances at December 31, 2020 

  $ 

 36   $ 

 30,559   $   22,299   $ 

 3,213   $   (1,769)  $ 

 (422)  $   (4,912)  $   49,004 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
       
 
      
 
 
       
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 
(In thousands) 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities, net 
Provision for loan losses 
Stock compensation expense 
Depreciation expense 
Loss on disposal of premises and equipment 
ESOP compensation expense 
Impairment loss on real estate held for sale 
Deferred income taxes 
Increase in cash value of life insurance 
Net gain on sales of securities available for sale 
Increase in accrued interest receivable 
Increase in accrued interest payable 
Net change in other assets and liabilities 

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Purchases of securities available for sale 
Principal collected on mortgage-backed securities available for sale 
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale 
Principal collected on mortgage-backed securities held to maturity 
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity 
Net decrease in loans receivable 
Purchase of premises and equipment 
Investment in cash value of life insurance 
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Net increase (decrease) in deposits 
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Cash dividends paid 

Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

65 

2020 

2019 

$ 

 1,191  

$ 

 960 

 242  
 132  
 220  
 156  
 13  
 147  
 37  
 (15) 
 (68) 
 (104) 
 (33) 
 3  
 (74) 
 1,847  

 (57,390) 
 7,039  
 2,220  
 4,526  
 11  
 —  
 9,881  
 (132) 
 (3) 
 (33,848) 

 27,144  
 1,000  
 (5,044) 
 (255) 
 22,845  

 200 
 12 
 183 
 143 
 — 
 146 
 104 
 (4)
 (72)
 (7)
 (34)
 7 
 (46)
 1,592 

 (12,600)
 7,844 
 934 
 278 
 13 
 45 
 3,009 
 (89)
 (4)
 (570)

 (4,139)
 10,000 
 (497)
 (269)
 5,095 

 (9,156) 

 6,117 

 18,817  

 12,700 

$ 

 9,661  

$ 

 18,817 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Conversion and Stock Issuance 

Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), an Indiana corporation, was organized by Mid-Southern, M.H.C. (the 
"MHC") and Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") to facilitate the "second-step" conversion of the Bank 
from  the  mutual  holding  company  structure  to  the  stock  holding  company  structure  (the  "Conversion").  Upon 
consummation of the Conversion, which occurred on July 11, 2018, the Company became the holding company for 
the Bank and now owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Bank’s common stock. 

In connection with the Conversion, the Company sold 2,559,871 shares of common stock at a price of $10.00 per 
share in an offering to certain depositors of the Bank and others, including 204,789 shares purchased by the Bank’s 
employee  stock  ownership  plan  ("ESOP")  funded  by  a  loan  from  the  Company  (see  Note 13).  Proceeds  from  the 
offering, net of $1.2 million in expenses, totaled $24.4 million. The Company used $2.0 million of the net proceeds 
to fund the ESOP and made a $10.2 million capital contribution to the Bank. Concurrent with the offering, shares of 
Bank common stock owned by public stockholders were exchanged for 2.3462 shares of the Company’s common 
stock, with cash being paid in lieu of issuing fractional shares. As a result of the offering, exchange and cash in lieu 
of fractional shares, the Company issued 3,565,430 shares. The Conversion has been accounted for as a change in 
corporate form with the historic basis of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and equity unchanged as a result. 

Nature of Operations 

The Company’s principal business is the ownership and operation of the Bank. The Bank is a federal savings bank 
that provides a variety of banking services to individuals and business customers through its main office, two full-
service branch offices and one loan production office in southern Indiana. The Bank’s primary source of revenue is 
single-family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Mid-Southern  Investments, Inc.  (the  "Subsidiary")  is  a  wholly-owned 
subsidiary of the Bank that holds and manages an investment securities portfolio. 

Basis of Presentation, Consolidation and Reclassifications 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted 
in  the  United  States  of  America  ("GAAP")  and  conform  to  general  practices  within  the  banking  industry.  As  an 
"emerging  growth  company" as  defined  in  Title  1  of  the  Jumpstart  Our  Business  Startups  Act,  the  Company  has 
elected  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  to  delay  adoption  of  new  or  reissued  accounting  pronouncements 
applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  may  not  be  comparable  to  the  financial  statements of  public  companies  that 
comply with such new or revised accounting standards. As of December 31, 2020, there is no significant difference 
in the comparability of the consolidated financial statements as a result of this extended transition period. 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries. 
Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.  

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. The reclassifications 
had no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity. 

Statements of Cash Flows 

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as cash on hand, 
amounts due from banks (including cash items in process of clearing) and interest-bearing deposits with other banks 
having an original maturity of 90 days or less. 

66 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial  statements  in  conformity  with accounting principles  generally accepted in  the United 
States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance 
for loan losses and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In 
connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and foreclosed real estate, management obtains 
independent appraisals for significant properties. 

A majority of the loan portfolio consists of single-family residential and commercial real estate loans in the southern 
Indiana area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the loan portfolio and the recovery of 
the carrying amount of foreclosed real estate are susceptible to changes in local market conditions. 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, further changes 
in the carrying amounts of loans and foreclosed real estate may be necessary based on changes in local economic 
conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the 
estimated losses on loans and foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additional 
changes based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of 
these  factors,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  estimated  losses  on  loans  and  foreclosed  real  estate  may  change 
materially in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated. 

Investment Securities 

Securities  Available  for  Sale:   Securities  available  for  sale  consist  of  debt  securities  and  are  stated  at  fair  value. 
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income using methods approximating 
the interest method over the period to maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Unrealized gains and losses, net 
of tax, on securities available for sale are included in other comprehensive income and the accumulated unrealized 
holding gains and losses are reported as a separate component of equity until realized. Realized gains and losses on 
the sale of securities available for sale are determined using the specific identification method and are included in 
other  noninterest  income  and,  when  applicable,  are  reported  as  a  reclassification  adjustment,  net  of  tax,  in  other 
comprehensive income. 

Securities Held to Maturity:   Debt securities for which  the Company has the positive  intent and  ability to hold  to 
maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts that are recognized in 
interest income using methods approximating the interest method over the period to maturity, adjusted for anticipated 
prepayments. The Company classifies certain mortgage-backed securities as held to maturity. 

Debt  securities  held  by  the  Company  include  mortgage-backed  securities  and  other  debt  securities  issued  by  the 
Government National Mortgage Association, a U.S. government agency, and mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) 
and  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  (“CMO”)  issued  by  the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  and  the 
Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation,  which  are  government-sponsored  enterprises.  MBS  represent 
participating interests in pools of long-term first mortgage loans originated and serviced by the issuers of the securities. 
CMOs are complex mortgage-backed securities that restructure the cash flows and risks of the underlying mortgage 
collateral. The Company also holds debt securities issued by municipalities and political subdivisions of state and 
local governments. 

Declines in the fair value of individual available for sale and held to maturity securities below their amortized cost 
that are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. The related write-

67 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

downs are included in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management 
considers  (1) the  length  of  time  and  the  extent  to  which  the  fair  value  has  been  less  than  amortized  cost,  (2) the 
financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its 
investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. 

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis ("FHLB"). FHLB stock is carried at cost, 
classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. 
Both cash and stock dividends are reported in the consolidated statements of income. 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses 

Loans Held for Investment 

Loans  are  stated  at  unpaid  principal  balances,  less  net  deferred  loan  fees  and  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  The 
Company grants real estate mortgages, commercial business and consumer loans. Loan origination and commitment 
fees, as well as certain direct costs of underwriting and closing loans, are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment 
to interest income over the lives of the related loans using the interest method. Amortization of net deferred loan fees 
is discontinued when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. 

Nonaccrual Loans 

The  recognition  of  income  on  a  loan  is  discontinued  and  previously  accrued  interest  is  reversed  when  interest  or 
principal payments become 90 days past due unless, in the opinion of management, the outstanding interest remains 
collectible. Past due status is determined based on contractual terms. Generally, by applying the cash receipts method, 
interest  income  is  subsequently  recognized  only  as  received  until  the  loan  is  returned  to  accrual  status.  The  cash 
receipts method is used when the likelihood of further loss on the loan is remote. Otherwise, the Company applies the 
cost recovery method and applies all payments as a reduction of the unpaid principal balance until the loan qualifies 
for return to accrual status. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized using the cost recovery method, unless 
the likelihood of further loss on the loan is remote. 

A loan is restored to accrual status when all principal and interest payments are brought current and the borrower has 
demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled, which generally requires that 
the borrower demonstrate a period of performance of at least six consecutive months. 

Impaired Loans 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be 
unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the 
loan  agreement.  Factors  considered  by  management  in  determining  impairment  include payment  status,  collateral 
value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience 
insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines 
the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the 
circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the 
borrower’s  prior  payment  record,  and  the  amount  of  the  shortfall  in  relation  to  the  principal  and  interest  owed. 
Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted 
at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is 
collateral dependent. 

Values for collateral dependent loans are generally based on appraisals obtained from independent licensed real estate 
appraisers, with adjustments applied for estimated costs to sell the property, costs to complete unfinished or repair 
damaged property and other factors. New appraisals or valuations are generally obtained for all significant properties 

68 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(if the value is estimated to exceed $100,000) when a loan is identified as impaired. Subsequent appraisals are obtained 
or an internal evaluation is prepared annually, or more frequently if management believes there has been a significant 
change in the market value of a collateral property securing a collateral dependent impaired loan. In instances where 
it is not deemed necessary to obtain a new appraisal, management bases its impairment evaluation on the original 
appraisal with adjustments for current conditions based on management’s assessment of market factors and inspection 
of the property. 

Troubled Debt Restructurings 

Modification of a loan is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR") if the debtor is experiencing financial 
difficulties and the Company grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. By granting the 
concession, the Company expects to obtain more cash or other value from the debtor, or to increase the probability of 
receipt, than would be expected by not granting the concession. The concession may include, but is not limited to, 
reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, reduction of accrued interest, extension of the maturity date or reduction 
of the face amount of the debt. A concession will be granted when, as a result of the restructuring, the Company does 
not expect to collect all amounts due, including interest at the original stated rate. A concession may also be granted 
if the debtor is not able to access funds elsewhere at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics as the 
restructured debt. The Company’s determination of whether a loan modification is a TDR considers the individual 
facts and circumstances surrounding each modification. 

A TDR can involve loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending 
on the individual facts and circumstances of the restructuring. A TDR on nonaccrual status is restored to accrual status 
when the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments in accordance with the restructured terms, 
including  consistent  and  timely  payments  for  at  least  six  consecutive months  in  accordance  with  the  restructured 
terms. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan 
losses charged to earnings. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are made by the provision for loan losses charged 
to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan 
balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The  Company  uses  a  disciplined process  and  methodology  to  evaluate  the  allowance for  loan  losses  on  at  least  a 
quarterly basis that is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical 
experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to 
repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently 
subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

The  allowance  consists  of  specific  and  general  components.  The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are 
individually evaluated for impairment or loans otherwise classified as doubtful or substandard. For such loans that are 
classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired 
loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. 

The general component covers non-classified loans and classified loans that are found, upon individual evaluation, to 
not be impaired. Such loans are pooled by portfolio segment and losses are modeled using annualized historical loss 
experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is 
based  on  the  Company’s  actual  loss  history  over  the  most  recent  20  calendar  quarters  unless  the  historical  loss 
experience is not considered indicative of the level of risk in the remaining balance of a particular portfolio segment, 
in which case an adjustment is determined by management. The Company’s historical loss experience is then adjusted 
for qualitative factors that are reviewed on a quarterly basis. 

69 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Management’s determination of the allowance for loan losses considers changes and trends in the following qualitative 
loss factors:  loan administration, national and local economic conditions, new loan trends, past due and nonaccrual 
loans, collateral values, credit concentrations and other internal and external factors such as competition, legal and 
regulatory changes. Each qualitative factor is assigned a rating and a factor weight in determining the adjusted loss 
factors used in management’s allowance for loan losses adequacy calculation. 

Management exercises significant judgment in evaluating the relevant historical loss experience and the qualitative 
factors.  Management  also  monitors  the  differences  between  estimated  and  actual  incurred  loan  losses  for  loans 
considered impaired in  order to evaluate  the  effectiveness  of  the estimation  process and  make  any changes in the 
methodology as necessary. 

The following portfolio segments are considered in the allowance for loan loss analysis:  one-to-four family residential 
real  estate,  multi-family  residential  real  estate,  construction,  commercial  real  estate,  commercial  business,  and 
consumer loans. 

Residential real estate loans primarily consist of loans to individuals for the purchase or refinance of their primary 
residence, with a smaller portion of the segment secured by non-owner-occupied residential investment properties and 
multi-family  residential  investment  properties.  The  risks  associated  with  residential  real  estate  loans  are  closely 
correlated  to  the  local  housing  market  and  general  economic  conditions,  as  repayment  of  the  loans  is  primarily 
dependent on the borrower’s or tenant’s personal cash flow and employment status. 

The Company’s construction loan portfolio consists of single-family residential properties, multi-family properties 
and commercial projects, and includes both owner-occupied and speculative investment properties. Risks inherent in 
construction  lending  are  related  to  the  market  value  of  the  property  held  as  collateral,  the  cost  and  timing  of 
constructing or improving a property, the borrower’s ability to use funds generated by a project to service a loan until 
a project is completed, movements in interest rates and the real estate market during the construction phase, and the 
ability of the borrower to obtain permanent financing. 

Commercial real estate loans are comprised of loans secured by various types of collateral including farmland, office 
buildings, warehouses, retail space and mixed-use buildings located in the Company’s primary lending area. Risks 
related  to  commercial  real  estate  lending  are  related  to  the  market  value  of  the  property  taken  as  collateral,  the 
underlying cash flows and general economic condition of the local real estate market. Repayment of these loans is 
generally dependent on the ability of the borrower to attract tenants at lease rates or general business operating cash 
flows that provide for adequate debt service and can be impacted by local economic conditions which impact vacancy 
rates  and  the  general  level  of  business  activity.  The  Company  generally  obtains  loan  guarantees  from  financially 
capable parties for commercial real estate loans. 

Commercial business loans include lines of credit to businesses, term loans and letters of credit secured by business 
assets such as equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, or other assets excluding real estate and are generally made 
to finance capital expenditures or fund operations. Commercial loans contain risks related to the value of the collateral 
securing the loan and the repayment is primarily dependent upon the financial success and viability of the borrower. 
As with commercial real estate loans, the Company generally obtains loan guarantees from financially capable parties 
for commercial business loans. 

Consumer  loans  consist  primarily  of  home  equity  lines  of  credit  and  other  loans  secured  by  junior  liens  on  the 
borrower’s personal residence, home improvement loans, automobile and truck loans, boat loans, mobile home loans, 
loans secured by savings deposits, and other personal loans. The risks associated with these loans are related to the 
local housing market and local economic conditions including the unemployment level. 

70 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Loan Charge-Offs 

For portfolio segments other than consumer loans, the Company’s practice is to charge-off any loan or portion of a 
loan when the loan is determined by management to be uncollectible due to the borrower’s failure to meet repayment 
terms, the borrower’s deteriorating or deteriorated financial condition, the depreciation of the underlying collateral, 
the loan’s classification as a loss by regulatory examiners, or for other reasons. A partial charge-off is recorded on a 
loan  when  the  collectability  of  a  portion  of  the  loan  has  been  confirmed,  such  as  when  a  loan  is  discharged  in 
bankruptcy, the collateral is liquidated, a loan is restructured at a reduced principal balance, or other identifiable events 
that  lead  management  to  determine  the  full  principal  balance  of  the  loan  will  not  be  repaid.  A  specific  reserve  is 
recognized  as  a  component of  the  allowance  for  estimated  losses  on  loans  individually evaluated  for  impairment. 
Partial charge-offs on nonperforming and impaired loans are included in the Company’s historical loss experience 
used to estimate the general component of the allowance for loan losses as discussed above. Specific reserves are not 
considered charge-offs in management’s evaluation of the general component of the allowance for loan losses because 
they are estimates and the outcome of the loan relationship is undetermined. 

During  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  recognized  net  partial  charge-offs  on  loans  totaling  $2,000  and  $10,000, 
respectively.  At  December 31,  2020,  the  Company  had  seven  loans  with  an  aggregate  recorded  investment  of 
$280,000 and an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $430,000 on which net partial charge-offs of $159,000 had 
been  recorded.  At  December 31,  2019,  the  Company  had  seven  loans  with  an  aggregate  recorded  investment  of 
$284,000 and an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $517,000 on which net partial charge-offs of $167,000 had 
been recorded. 

Consumer  loans  not  secured  by  real  estate  are  typically  charged  off  at  90 days  past  due,  or  earlier  if  deemed 
uncollectible, unless the loans are in the process of collection. Overdrafts are charged off after 60 days past due. A 
charge-off is typically recorded on a loan secured by real estate when the property is foreclosed upon when the carrying 
value of the loan exceeds the property’s fair value less the estimated costs to sell. 

Foreclosed Real Estate 

Foreclosed real estate includes formally foreclosed property and property obtained via a deed in lieu of foreclosure 
that is currently held for sale. At the time of acquisition, foreclosed real estate is recorded at fair value less estimated 
costs to sell, which becomes the property’s new basis. Any write-downs based on the property’s fair value at the date 
of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, valuations are periodically performed 
by management and property held for sale is carried at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value less costs to sell. 
Costs incurred in maintaining foreclosed real estate and subsequent impairment adjustments to the carrying amount 
of a property, if any, are included in net loss on foreclosed real estate in the accompanying consolidated statements of 
income. 

Real Estate Held for Sale 

Real estate held for sale includes unimproved land originally purchased for future office development and is initially 
recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell, establishing a new cost basis. Real estate held for sale is subsequently 
accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Subsequent impairment loss adjustments 
to the carrying amount of the property, if any, are reported in noninterest expense in the accompanying consolidated 
statements of income. 

Premises and Equipment 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Company uses the straight-line method 
of computing depreciation at rates adequate to amortize the cost of the applicable assets over their estimated useful 

71 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

lives. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold, 
or otherwise disposed of, are removed from the related accounts and any gain or loss is included in earnings. 

Cash Value of Life Insurance 

Life insurance policies have been purchased on certain directors, officers and key employees to offset costs associated 
with compensation and benefit programs. The Bank is the owner and is a joint or sole beneficiary of the policies. 
Bank-owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contracts at the balance 
sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at 
settlement. Income from the increase in cash surrender value of the policies and income from the realization of death 
benefits is reported in noninterest income. 

Income Taxes 

When income tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination 
by the taxing authorities, while other positions are subject to some degree of uncertainty regarding the merits of the 
position taken or the amount of the position that would be sustained. The Company recognizes the benefits of a tax 
position in the financial statements of the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes 
it is more-likely-than-not (more than 50 percent probable) that the tax position would be sustained upon examination. 
Income tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are measured as the largest amount of income tax 
benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The 
portion of the benefits associated with the income tax positions claimed on income tax returns that exceeds the amount 
measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized income tax benefits in the balance sheet, along 
with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities, if there were an examination. 
Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in 
the consolidated statements of income. 

Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of 
taxes currently due plus deferred income taxes. Income tax reporting and financial statement reporting rules differ in 
many respects. As a result, there will often be a difference between the carrying amount of an asset or liability as 
presented in the accompanying balance sheets and the amount that would be recognized as the tax basis of the same 
asset or liability computed based on the effects of tax positions recognized, as described in the preceding paragraph. 
These  differences  are  referred  to  as  temporary  differences  because  they  are  expected  to  reverse  in  future years. 
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for temporary differences where their future reversal will result in future 
tax benefits. Deferred income tax assets are also recognized for the future tax benefits expected to be realized from 
net operating loss or tax credit carry forwards. Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for temporary differences 
where their future reversal will result in the payment of future income taxes. Deferred income tax assets are reduced 
by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of 
the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates 
applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes 
in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company has adopted the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation prescribed  in 
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  Accounting  Standards  Codification  ("ASC")  Topic  718-20, 
Compensation – Stock Compensation, for its stock-based compensation plans. 

72 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan 

The Bank has an ESOP covering substantially all employees. The cost of shares issued to the ESOP but not allocated 
or committed to be released for allocation to participant accounts is presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a 
reduction of stockholders’ equity. Compensation expense is recognized for the fair value of shares committed to be 
released for allocation to participant accounts during the year. See Note 13. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. 

Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive  income  consists  of  reported  net  income  and  other  comprehensive  income.  Other  comprehensive 
income, recognized as a separate component of equity, includes the change in unrealized gains or losses on securities 
available for sale. Amounts reclassified out of unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale included in 
accumulated other comprehensive income or loss are included in net gain on sale of securities in the consolidated 
statements of income. 

Loss Contingencies 

Loss  contingencies,  including  claims  and  legal  actions  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  are  recorded  as 
liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. 

Earnings per Common Share 

Basic  earnings  per  common  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  available  to  common  shareholders  by  the 
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted earnings per 
common  share  include  the  dilutive  effect  of  additional  potential  common  shares  issuable  under  stock  options, 
restricted stock and other potentially dilutive securities outstanding. Earnings and dividends per share are restated for 
stock  splits  and  dividends  through  the  date  of  issuance  of  the  financial  statements.  Unallocated  ESOP  shares  and 
nonvested  restricted  stock  shares  are  not  included  as  outstanding  for  either  basic  or  diluted  earnings  per  share 
calculations. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

The following are summaries of recently issued accounting pronouncements that impact the accounting and reporting 
practices of the Company: 

In February 2016, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU 
requires lessees to  recognize on  the balance sheet  the assets and  liabilities  arising from operating  leases.  A lessee 
should recognize a liability to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying 
asset  for  the  lease  term.  A  lessee  should  include  payments  to  be  made  in  an  optional  period  only  if  the  lessee  is 
reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the lease or not to exercise an option to terminate the lease. For a 
finance lease, interest payments should be recognized separately from amortization of the right-of-use asset in the 
statement of comprehensive income. For operating leases, the lease cost should be allocated over the lease term on a 
generally  straight-line  basis.  For  public  entities  the  amendments  in  the  ASU  became  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, the 
original effective date of the guidance was for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods 
within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 which 
delayed the effective date of ASU 2016-02 for nonpublic entities until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, 

73 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. Early application of the amendments in 
the ASU is permitted. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05 which delayed the effective date of ASU 2016-
02 for nonpublic entities until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2022. Early application of the amendments in the ASU continues to be permitted. In 
July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842), Targeted Improvements. This ASU amended the 
new leases standard to give entities another option for transition and to provide lessors with a practical expedient. The 
transition option allows entities to not apply the new leases standard in the comparative periods they present in their 
financial statements in the year of adoption. The practical expedient provides lessors with an option to not separate 
non-lease  components  from  the  associated  lease  components  when  certain  criteria  are  met  and  requires  them  to 
account  for  the  combined  component  in  accordance  with  the  new  revenue  standard  if  the  associated  non-lease 
components are  the predominant  components. The  amendments  have  the same  effective  date as ASU 2016-02. In 
March 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-01, Leases (Topic 842), Codification Improvements. This ASU amended 
the  new  leases  standard  to  reinstate  the  exception  in  Leases  (Topic  842)  for  lessors  that  are  not  manufacturers  or 
dealers in regards to determining the fair value of the underlying assets. Specifically, those lessors will use their cost, 
reflecting any volume or trade discounts that may apply, as the fair value of the underlying asset unless a significant 
lapse of time occurs between the acquisition of the underlying asset and lease commencement, in which case, those 
lessors will be required to apply the definition of fair value (exit price) in Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures 
(Topic 820). 

In addition, this ASU  amended the  new leases standard to  clarify the presentation on the statement  of cash flows 
principal payments received under leases for depository and lending institutions for Sales-Type and Direct Financing 
Leases. Specifically for these entities and leases, all principal payments received under leases will be presented within 
investing activities on the statement of cash flows. Finally, this ASU amended the new leases standard to explicitly 
provide an exception to paragraph 250-10-50-3 interim disclosure requirements for an entity electing the transition 
method of implementation. The amendments have the same effective date as ASU 2016-02. The effect of the adoption 
of these ASUs will depend on leases at the time of adoption. Once adopted, the Company expects to report higher 
assets and liabilities as a result of including right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to certain banking offices 
under  noncancelable  operating  lease  agreements;  however,  based  on  current  leases,  the  adoption  is  expected  to 
increase our consolidated balance sheets by less than 5.0% and not to have a material impact on our regulatory capital 
ratios. 

The FASB originally issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) as amended by 
ASU  2018-19,  ASU  2019-04  and  ASU  2019-05,  in  June  2016.  This  ASU,  commonly  referred  to  as  the  current 
expected credit loss methodology (“CECL”), replaces the  incurred loss methodology  for  recognizing credit losses 
under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader 
range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. Under the new guidance, an entity 
will  measure  all  expected  credit  losses  for  financial  instruments  held  at  the  reporting  date  based  on  historical 
experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The expected loss model will apply to loans 
and leases, unfunded lending commitments, held-to-maturity debt securities and other debt instruments measured at 
amortized cost. The impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities will require the recognition of credit losses 
through a valuation allowance when fair value is less than amortized cost, regardless of whether the impairment is 
considered to be other-than-temporary. ASU 2019-05, issued in April 2019, further provides entities that have certain 
financial instruments measured at amortized cost that have credit losses with an option to irrevocably elect the fair 
value option in Subtopic 825-10, upon adoption of Topic 326. The fair value option applies to available-for-sale debt 
securities. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10 which delayed the effective date of ASU 2016-13 
for smaller reporting companies, as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC’) and other non-SEC 
reporting entities to  fiscal  years  beginning after December 15,  2022, including  interim periods  within those fiscal 
periods. Early adoption is permitted as of fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods 
within those fiscal years. The Company is a smaller reporting company as defined by the SEC, and currently does not 
intend to early adopt CECL. Once adopted, the Company expects its allowance for loan losses to increase through a 
one-time adjustment to retained earnings; however, until its evaluation is complete, the magnitude of the increase will 
be unknown. 

74 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-08, Receivables – Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 
310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. The ASU shortens the amortization period 
for certain callable debt securities held at a premium. The standard will take effect for public entities for fiscal years, 
and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. For nonpublic business entities the 
amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-08, Codification 
Improvements  to  Subtopic  310-20,  Receivables—Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Other  Costs.  The  ASU  amends  the 
guidance under Subtopic 310-20 to provide that for each reporting period, to the extent that the amortized cost basis 
of an individual callable debt security exceeds the amount repayable by the issuer at the next call date, the excess (that 
is, the premium) shall be amortized to the next call date unless the premium of the individual callable debt security is 
amortized based on consideration of estimated prepayments. The standard will take effect for public entities for fiscal 
years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years,  beginning  after  December  15,  2020.  Early  application  is  not 
permitted for public entities. For nonpublic business entities the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early 
application is permitted for nonpublic business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, 
beginning after December 15, 2020. The amendments of ASU No. 2020-08 do not change the effective dates for ASU 
No. 2017-08. The adoption of these ASUs is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated 
financial statements. 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements 
to  Nonemployee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting.  This  ASU  amends  the  accounting  for  shared-based  payments 
awards to nonemployees to align with the accounting for employee awards. Under the new guidance, the existing 
employee guidance will apply to nonemployee share-based transactions (as long as the transaction is not effectively 
a form of financing), with the exception of specific guidance related to the attribution of compensation cost. The cost 
of nonemployee  awards  will continue  to be  recorded  as  if  the  grantor  had  paid  cash  for  the  goods  or  services.  In 
addition,  the  contractual  term  will  be  able  to  be  used  in  lieu  of  an  expected  term  in  the  option-pricing  model for 
nonemployee awards. For public entities the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December  15,  2018,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  For  nonpublic  business  entities  the 
amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The adoption of the ASU effective January 1, 2020 did not have a 
material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-13,  Disclosure  Framework  –  Changes  to  the  Disclosure 
Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This ASU removes, modifies and adds certain disclosure requirements 
for fair value measurements. Among other changes, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and 
reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the policy for timing of transfers between 
levels and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements, but will be required to disclose the range and 
weighted average of significant observable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of 
the reporting period. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods 
within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of the ASU. 
The adoption of the ASU effective January 1, 2020 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Simplifying the Accounting for 
Income Taxes. The amendments in this ASU simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions 
to the general principles in Topic 740, Income Taxes. The amendments also improve consistent application of and 
simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. For public entities this 
ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. 
For nonpublic entities this ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2021, and interim periods 
within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The adoption of the ASU is not expected to have a material 
impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

75 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

The Company has determined that all other recently issued accounting pronouncements will not have a material impact 
on the Company's consolidated financial statements or do not apply to its operations. 

(2)  RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS 

The Bank is typically required to maintain reserve balances on hand and with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). 
These funds are unavailable for investment but the reserve balances maintained with the FRB are interest-earning. In 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FRB reduced the reserve requirement to 0% effective March 26, 2020. The 
average  amount  of  those  reserve  balances  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  and  2019  were  approximately 
$72,000 and $423,000, respectively. 

76 

 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(3)  INVESTMENT SECURITIES 

Investment  securities  have  been  classified  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  according  to  management’s  intent. 
Investment securities at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized as follows: 

(In thousands) 
December 31, 2020 

Securities available for sale: 

Mortgage-backed securities: 

Agency MBS 
Agency CMO 

Other debt securities: 

Municipal obligations 

      Gross 

      Gross 

  Amortized    Unrealized   Unrealized  

Cost 

  Gains 

  Losses 

Fair 
Value 

  $   10,094   $ 
 27,588  
 37,682  

 146   $ 
 207  
 353  

 —   $   10,240 
 27,771 
 24  
 38,011 
 24  

 62,497  

 3,954  

 6  

 66,445 

Total securities available for sale 

  $  100,179   $ 

 4,307   $ 

 30   $  104,456 

Securities held to maturity: 

Mortgage-backed securities: 

Agency MBS 

  $ 

 31   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

Total securities held to maturity 

  $ 

 31   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 31 

 31 

December 31, 2019 

Securities available for sale: 

Mortgage-backed securities: 

Agency MBS 
Agency CMO 

Other debt securities: 

Municipal obligations 

  $ 

 9,803   $ 
 10,520  
 20,323  

 3   $ 

 209  
 212  

 36   $ 
 17  
 53  

 9,770 
 10,712 
 20,482 

 36,390  

 1,649  

 104  

 37,935 

Total securities available for sale 

  $   56,713   $ 

 1,861   $ 

 157   $   58,417 

Securities held to maturity: 

Mortgage-backed securities: 

Agency MBS 

  $ 

 42   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

Total securities held to maturity 

  $ 

 42   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 42 

 42 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
      
      
  
    
      
      
      
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities as of December 31, 2020 by contractual maturity are shown below. 
Expected maturities of MBS and CMO may differ from contractual maturities because the mortgages underlying the 
obligations may be prepaid without penalty and thus the contractual maturities are not presented below. 

(In thousands) 
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

MBS and CMO 

 —   $ 

Available for Sale 
Fair 
Value 

     Amortized      
Cost 

  $

 —   $

 4,189  
 6,956  
 51,352  
 62,497  
 37,682  

 4,339  
 7,598  
 54,508  
 66,445  
 38,011  

Cost 

Held to Maturity 
    Amortized      Fair 
  Value 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 31 

 —   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 31  

Information  pertaining  to  securities  with  gross  unrealized  losses  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  aggregated  by 
investment category and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows: 

  $ 100,179   $ 104,456   $ 

 31   $

 31 

(Dollars in thousands) 
December 31, 2020 

Securities available for sale: 

Continuous loss position less than 12 months: 

Agency CMO 
Municipal obligations 

Total less than 12 months 

     Number of        
  Investment  
  Positions 

Fair 
Value 

      Gross 

  Unrealized 
Losses 

 9   $   16,223   $ 
 2  
 11  

 1,494  
 17,717  

 24 
 6 
 30 

Total securities available for sale 

 11   $   17,717   $ 

 30 

December 31, 2019 

Securities available for sale: 

Continuous loss position less than 12 months: 

Agency MBS 
Agency CMO 
Municipal obligations 

Total less than 12 months 

Continuous loss position more than 12 months: 

Agency MBS 
Agency CMO 

Total more than 12 months 

Total securities available for sale 

 3   $ 
 2  
 10  
 15  

 3,304   $ 
 1,942  
 7,030  
    12,276  

 9 
 6 
 104 
 119 

 6  
 1  
 7  

 3,696  
 1,089  
 4,785  

 27 
 11 
 38 

 22   $   17,061   $ 

 157 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no debt securities in the held to maturity classification in a loss 
position. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the debt securities in the available for sale classification in a loss position 
had depreciated approximately 0.17% and 0.91%, respectively, from the amortized cost basis. All of the debt securities 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
    
 
    
 
  
  
    
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

in a loss position at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were backed by residential first mortgage loans or were obligations 
issued  by  federal  or  local  government-sponsored  enterprises.  These  unrealized  losses  relate  principally  to  current 
interest rates for similar types of securities. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition for purposes of evaluating 
whether declines in value are other-than-temporary, management considers whether the securities are issued by the 
federal government, its agencies or sponsored enterprises or local governments, whether downgrades by bond rating 
agencies have occurred, and the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial condition. As the Company has the ability 
to hold the debt securities until maturity, or for the foreseeable future if classified as available for sale, no declines are 
deemed to be other-than-temporary.  

While  management  does  not  anticipate  any  credit-related  impairment  losses  at  December 31,  2020,  additional 
deterioration in market and economic conditions, including those related to the COVID-19 pandemic, may have an 
adverse impact on credit quality in the future. 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company realized gross gains of $109,000 and gross losses of $5,000 
on the sale of securities available for sale. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company realized gross 
gains of $7,000 on the sale of securities available for sale. 

(4)  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 

Loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following: 

(In thousands) 
Real estate mortgage loans: 

One-to-four family residential 
Multi-family residential 
Residential construction 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial real estate construction 

Commercial business loans 
Consumer loans 
Total loans 

Deferred loan origination fees and costs, net 
Allowance for loan losses 

Loans, net 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 66,130   $ 

 8,964  
 2,083  
 30,171  
 851  
 5,212  
 1,442  
    114,853  

 71,606 
 9,260 
 367 
 32,311 
 2,867 
 6,456 
 1,875 
    124,742 

 (5) 
 (1,589) 

 28 
 (1,498)

  $   113,259   $   123,272 

The Company has entered into loan transactions with certain directors, officers and their affiliates (related parties). In 
the opinion of management, such indebtedness was incurred in the ordinary course of business on substantially the 
same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and does not involve more 
than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

The following represents the aggregate activity for related party loans during the year ended December 31, 2020. The 
beginning balance has been adjusted to reflect new directors and officers, as well as directors and officers that are no 
longer with the Company. 

(In thousands) 

Balance, January 1, 2020 (as adjusted) 
New loans 
Payments 

Balance, December 31, 2020 

  $ 

 1,389 
 147 
 (77) 

  $ 

 1,459 

The  Company  has  pledged  certain  loans  to  secure  future  advances  or  other  borrowings  from  the  FHLB.  At 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the eligible blanket collateral included residential mortgage loans with a carrying value 
of approximately $63.9 million and $70.4 million, respectively. See Note 9. 

The following table provides the components of the Company’s recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2020: 

One-to- 
Four 
     Family 
  Residential    Residential    Construction    Real Estate    Business 

Multi- 
     Family 

    Commercial    Commercial      

  Consumer 

Total 

Recorded Investment in 
Loans: 
Principal loan balance 

  $  66,130   $  8,964   $

 2,934   $   30,171   $ 

 5,212   $  1,442   $  114,853 

(In thousands) 

Accrued interest receivable 

Net deferred loan fees/costs 

 183  

 7  

 13  

 (6) 

 7  

 92  

 (12) 

 (40) 

 14  

 11  

 5  

 35  

 314 

 (5)

Recorded investment in loans 

  $  66,320   $  8,971   $

 2,929   $   30,223   $ 

 5,237   $  1,482   $  115,162 

The following table provides the components of the Company’s recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2019: 

One-to- 
Four 
     Family 
  Residential    Residential    Construction    Real Estate    Business 

Multi- 
     Family 

    Commercial    Commercial       

  Consumer  

Total 

Recorded Investment in 
Loans: 
Principal loan balance 

  $  71,606   $  9,260   $

 3,234   $   32,311   $ 

 6,456   $  1,875   $  124,742 

(In thousands) 

Accrued interest receivable 

 254  

 25  

 11  

Net deferred loan fees/costs 

 23  

 (11) 

 (36) 

 88  

 (6) 

 26  

 10  

 6  

 48  

 410 

 28 

Recorded investment in loans 

  $  71,883   $  9,274   $

 3,209   $   32,393   $ 

 6,492   $  1,929   $  125,180 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans as of and for the year ended December 
31, 2020 is as follows: 

  One-to-   
Four 
     Family 

  Multi- 
     Family 

    Commercial    Commercial      

Allowance for loan losses: 
Beginning balance 
Provisions 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 

  Residential   Residential   Construction   Real Estate    Business 

  Consumer  

Total 

  $ 

 955    $ 
 47   
 (14) 
 4   

 83    $ 
 15   
 —   
 —   

 44    $ 
 11   
 —   
 —   

 289    $ 
 17   
 —   
 —   

 102    $ 
 32   
 (21) 
 —   

 25    $
 10   
 (18) 
 8   

 1,498 
 132 
 (53)
 12 

(In thousands) 

Ending balance 

  $ 

 992    $ 

 98    $ 

 55    $ 

 306    $ 

 113    $ 

 25    $

 1,589 

Ending allowance balance attributable to 
loans: 

Individually evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

 21    $ 

 —    $ 

 —    $ 

 8    $ 

 26    $ 

 —    $

 55 

Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 971   

 98   

 55   

 298   

 87   

 25   

 1,534 

Ending balance 

  $ 

 992    $ 

 98    $ 

 55    $ 

 306    $ 

 113    $ 

 25    $

 1,589 

Recorded Investment in Loans as 
Evaluated for Impairment: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

 1,489    $ 

 —    $ 

 —    $ 

 281    $ 

 382    $ 

 —    $

 2,152 

Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 64,831   

 8,971   

 2,929   

 29,942   

 4,855   

 1,482   

 113,010 

Ending balance 

  $ 

 66,320    $ 

 8,971    $ 

 2,929    $ 

 30,223    $ 

 5,237    $ 

 1,482    $  115,162 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans as of and for the year ended December 
31, 2019 is as follows: 

  One-to-   
Four 
     Family 

  Multi- 
     Family 

    Commercial    Commercial       

Allowance for loan losses: 
Beginning balance 
Provisions 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 

  Residential   Residential   Construction   Real Estate    Business 

  Consumer  

Total 

  $ 

 1,012    $ 
 (47) 
 (58) 
 48   

 59    $ 
 24   
 —   
 —   

(In thousands) 

 48    $ 
 (4) 
 —   
 —   

 259    $ 
 30   
 —   
 —   

 98    $ 
 4   
 —   
 —   

 28    $
 5   
 (17) 
 9   

 1,504 
 12 
 (75)
 57 

Ending balance 

  $ 

 955    $ 

 83    $ 

 44    $ 

 289    $ 

 102    $ 

 25    $

 1,498 

Ending allowance balance attributable to 
loans: 

Individually evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

 25    $ 

 —    $ 

 —    $ 

 19    $ 

 34    $ 

 —    $

 78 

Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 930   

 83   

 44   

 270   

 68   

 25   

 1,420 

Ending balance 

  $ 

 955    $ 

 83    $ 

 44    $ 

 289    $ 

 102    $ 

 25    $

 1,498 

Recorded Investment in Loans as 
Evaluated for Impairments: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

 1,431    $ 

 —    $ 

 —    $ 

 600    $ 

 412    $ 

 —    $

 2,443 

Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 70,452   

 9,274   

 3,209   

 31,793   

 6,080   

 1,929   

 122,737 

Ending balance 

  $ 

 71,883    $ 

 9,274    $ 

 3,209    $ 

 32,393    $ 

 6,492    $ 

 1,929    $  125,180 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, management applied qualitative factor adjustments to each portfolio segment as 
they determined that the historical loss experience was not indicative of the level of risk in the remaining balance of 
those  portfolio  segments.  As  part  of  their  analysis  of  qualitative  factors,  management  considers  changes  in 
underwriting standards,  economic conditions,  trends in  the  volume  and term  of new loan  originations, changes in 
lending  management,  past  due  loan  trends,  the  quality  of  the  loan  review  system,  collateral  valuations,  loan 
concentrations  and  other  internal  and  external  factors.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  management 
adjusted the qualitative factors due to economic uncertainties related to the COVID-19 pandemic. At December 31, 
2020, there was still considerable uncertainty about how severely the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the loan 
portfolio.  As  a  result,  management  has  increased  the  allowance  qualitative  factor  adjustments  for  each  portfolio 
segment while considering the potential length of the pandemic, continued elevated unemployment rates, the impact 
of  further  state  and  local  restrictions,  the  impact  of  government  stimulus  activities  and  the  timeline  for  economic 
recovery. 

At December 31, 2020, the Company's allowance for loan losses totaled $1.6 million, of which $1.5 million related 
to qualitative factor adjustments. At December 31, 2019, the Company's allowance for loan losses totaled $1.5 million, 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

of which $1.4 million related to qualitative factor adjustments. These changes were made to reflect management's 
estimates of inherent losses in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s impaired loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020. The 
Company did not recognize any interest income on impaired loans using the cash receipts method of accounting for 
the year ended December 31, 2020. 

Loans with no related allowance recorded: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 

Loans with an allowance recorded: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 

Total: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 

  Recorded 
  Investment 

      Unpaid 
  Principal 
  Balance 

      Average 
  Recorded 
  Investment 

  Related 
  Allowance 
(In thousands) 

      Interest 
Income 
  Recognized 

  $ 

  $ 

 1,265   $ 
 96  
 15  
 1,376   $ 

 1,380   $ 
 88  
 16  
 1,484   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 1,204   $ 
 229  
 25  
 1,458   $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 224   $ 
 185  
 367  
 776   $ 

 223   $ 
 195  
 381  
 799   $ 

 21   $ 
 8  
 26  
 55   $ 

 249   $ 
 313  
 376  
 938   $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 1,489   $ 
 281  
 382  
 2,152   $ 

 1,603   $ 
 283  
 397  
 2,283   $ 

 21   $ 
 8  
 26  
 55   $ 

 1,453   $ 
 542  
 401  
 2,396   $ 

 5 
 — 
 1 
 6 

 8 
 15 
 20 
 43 

 13 
 15 
 21 
 49 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

The following table summarizes the Company’s impaired loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019. The 
Company did not recognize any interest income on impaired loans using the cash receipts method of accounting for 
the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Loans with no related allowance recorded: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Loans with an allowance recorded: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

  Recorded 
  Investment 

      Unpaid 
  Principal 
  Balance 

      Average 
  Recorded 
  Investment 

  Related 
  Allowance 
(In thousands) 

      Interest 
Income 
  Recognized 

  $ 

  $ 

 1,172   $ 
 235  
 32  
 —  
 1,439   $ 

 1,457   $ 
 389  
 32  
 —  
 1,878   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 1,310   $ 
 341  
 41  
 2  
 1,694   $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 259   $ 
 365  
 380  
 —  
 1,004   $ 

 284   $ 
 364  
 426  
 —  
 1,074   $ 

 25   $ 
 19  
 34  
 —  
 78   $ 

 338   $ 
 333  
 400  
 —  
 1,071   $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 1,431   $ 
 600  
 412  
 —  
 2,443   $ 

 1,741   $ 
 753  
 458  
 —  
 2,952   $ 

 25   $ 
 19  
 34  
 —  
 78   $ 

 1,648   $ 
 674  
 441  
 2  
 2,765   $ 

 21 
 3 
 2 
 — 
 26 

 11 
 18 
 23 
 — 
 52 

 32 
 21 
 25 
 — 
 78 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Nonperforming loans consists of nonaccrual loans and loans over 90 days past due and still accruing interest. The 
following table presents the recorded investment in nonperforming loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

December 31, 2020: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 

Total 

December 31, 2019: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 

Total 

  Nonaccrual 

Loans 

     Loans 90+ Days     
Past Due 
  Still Accruing 
(In thousands) 

Total 
  Nonperforming 
Loans 

  $ 

 1,160   $ 
 96  

 —   $ 
 —  

 1,160 
 96 

  $ 

 1,256   $ 

 —   $ 

 1,256 

  $ 

 947   $ 
 235  

 —   $ 
 —  

 947 
 235 

  $ 

 1,182   $ 

 —   $ 

 1,182 

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

December 31, 2020 

One-to-four family residential 
Multi-family residential 
Construction 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

  30‑59 Days   60‑89 Days   Over 90 Days   Total 
     Past Due       Past Due       Past Due 

     Past Due      Current 

Total 
Loans 

(In thousands) 

  $   1,097   $ 

 —  
 —  
 27  
 —  
 11  

 560   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 75   $ 1,732   $  64,588   $  66,320 
 8,971 
 —  
 2,929 
 —  
 30,223 
 —  
 5,237 
 —  
 1,482 
 —  

 8,971  
 2,929  
    30,196  
 5,237  
 1,471  

 —  
 —  
 27  
 —  
 11  

Total 

  $   1,135   $ 

 560   $ 

 75   $ 1,770   $ 113,392   $  115,162 

December 31, 2019 

One-to-four family residential 
Multi-family residential 
Construction 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

  $   1,425   $ 

 —  
 152  
 477  
 —  
 7  

 575   $ 
 —  
 —  
 134  
 —  
 —  

 238   $ 2,238   $  69,645   $  71,883 
 9,274 
 3,209 
 32,393 
 6,492 
 1,929 

 9,274  
 3,057  
    31,782  
 6,492  
 1,922  

 —  
 152  
 611  
 —  
 7  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

Total 

  $   2,061   $ 

 709   $ 

 238   $ 3,008   $ 122,172   $  125,180 

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to 
service their debt such as:  current financial information, public information, historical payment experience, credit 
documentation, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company classifies loans based on credit risk 
at least quarterly. The Company uses the following regulatory definitions for risk ratings: 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Special Mention:  Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close 
attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the 
loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date. 

Substandard:  Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity 
of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses 
that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will 
sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. 

Doubtful:  Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the 
added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, 
conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. 

Loss:   Loans  classified  as  loss  are  considered  uncollectible  and  of  such  little  value  that  their  continuance  on  the 
institution’s books as an asset is not warranted. 

Loans  not  meeting  the  criteria  above  that  are  analyzed  individually  as  part  of  the  above-described  process  are 
considered to be pass rated loans. 

The following table presents the recorded investment in loans by risk category as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

December 31, 2020 

Pass 
Special mention 
Substandard 
Doubtful 
Loss 

One-to- 
Four 
Family 

  Residential 

Multi- 
     Family 
  Residential 

    Commercial     Commercial       

  Construction    Real Estate 
(In thousands) 

  Business 

  Consumer 

Total 

  $ 

 64,992    $ 
 —   
 1,328   
 —   
 —   

 7,503    $ 
 1,468   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 2,929    $ 
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 30,105    $ 
 —   
 118   
 —   
 —   

 5,237    $ 
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 1,482    $   112,248 
 1,468 
 1,446 
 — 
 — 

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

Total 

  $ 

 66,320    $ 

 8,971    $ 

 2,929    $ 

 30,223    $ 

 5,237    $ 

 1,482    $   115,162 

December 31, 2019 

Pass 
Special mention 
Substandard 
Doubtful 
Loss 

  $ 

 70,611    $ 
 —   
 1,272   
 —   
 —   

 9,274    $ 
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 3,209    $ 
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 31,949    $ 
 —   
 444   
 —   
 —   

 6,080    $ 
 —   
 412   
 —   
 —   

 1,929    $   123,052 
 — 
 2,128 
 — 
 — 

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

Total 

  $ 

 71,883    $ 

 9,274    $ 

 3,209    $ 

 32,393    $ 

 6,492    $ 

 1,929    $   125,180 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Troubled Debt Restructurings 

The following table summarizes the Company’s TDRs by accrual status at December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

December 31, 2020 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 

Total 

December 31, 2019 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 

Total 

  Accruing    Nonaccrual   Total 
(In thousands) 

     Related 
  Allowance for
  Loan Losses 

  $  329   $ 
 185  
 382  

 226   $  555   $ 

 50  
 —  

 235  
 382  

  $  896   $ 

 276   $  1,172   $ 

  $  484   $ 
 365  
 412  

 —   $  484   $ 

 137  
 —  

 502  
 412  

  $  1,261   $ 

 137   $  1,398   $ 

 21 
 8 
 26 

 55 

 25 
 19 
 34 

 78 

The  following  table  summarizes  information  in  regard  to  TDRs  that  were  restructured  during  the year  ended 
December 31, 2020: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 

Total 

    Pre-Modification    Post-Modification 

  Number of   Outstanding 
  Contracts   

Balance 

  Outstanding 

Balance 

(Dollars in thousands) 

 5   $ 
 1  

 230   $ 
 51  

 6   $ 

 281   $ 

 230 
 51 

 281 

The  following  table  summarizes  information  in  regard  to  TDRs  that  were  restructured  during  the year  ended 
December 31, 2019: 

Commercial real estate 

Total 

    Pre-Modification    Post-Modification 

  Number of   Outstanding 
  Contracts   

Balance 

  Outstanding 

Balance 

(Dollars in thousands) 

 2   $ 

 231   $ 

 2   $ 

 231   $ 

 231 

 231 

For TDRs that were restructured during the year ended December 31, 2020, four loans were modified related to the 
COVID-19 pandemic, and two loans were related to bankruptcies.  For TDRs that were restructured during the year 
ended December 31, 2019, the terms of modifications included the renewal or refinancing of loans where the debtor 
was unable to access funds elsewhere at a market interest rate for debt with similar risk characteristics. No charge-

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
    
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

offs or provisions for loan losses were recorded as a result of TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019. 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose loan 
terms have been modified in a TDR.   

There were no TDRs modified within the previous 12 months for which there was a subsequent default (defined as 
the loan becoming more than 90 days past due, being moved to nonaccrual status, or the collateral being foreclosed 
upon)  during  the years  ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019.  In  the  event  that  a  TDR  subsequently  defaults,  the 
Company evaluates the restructuring for possible impairment. As a result, the related allowance for loan losses may 
be increased or charge-offs may be taken to reduce the carrying amount of the loan. The Company did not recognize 
any provisions for loan losses or net charge-offs as a result of defaulted TDRs for the years ended December 31, 2020 
and 2019. 

On  March  22,  2020,  the  federal  banking  agencies  issued  an  “Interagency  Statement  on  Loan  Modifications  and 
Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus”. The guidance encourages 
financial  institutions  to  work  prudently  with  borrowers  that  may  be  unable  to  meet  their  contractual  obligations 
because of the effects of COVID-19. The guidance goes on to explain that in consultation with the FASB staff that 
the federal banking agencies concluded that short-term modifications (e.g., six months) made on a good faith basis to 
borrowers who were current as of the implementation date of a relief program are not TDRs. The CARES Act also 
addressed COVID-19 related modifications and specified that COVID-19 related modifications on loans that were 
current as of December 31, 2019 are not TDRs. The Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 further extended the 
relief from TDR accounting for qualified modifications to the earlier of January 1, 2022, or 60 days after the national 
emergency concerning COVID-19 terminates. The Bank has applied this guidance related to payment deferrals and 
other  COVID-19  related  loan  modifications  made  through  December  31,  2020.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  $16.2 
million  in  loans  were  outstanding  for  which  the  Bank  had  granted  payment  extensions  of  primarily  one  to  three 
months. Of that total, $15.6 million had resumed payments and were not considered past due as of December 31, 
2020. 

(5)  FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE 

The Company did not have any foreclosed residential real estate properties where physical possession has occurred at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

At December 31, 2020, the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate 
property in the process of foreclosure was $36,000. At December 31, 2019, there were no consumer mortgage loans 
collateralized by residential real estate property in the process of foreclosure. 

There was no net loss or gain on foreclosed real estate for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(6)  REAL ESTATE HELD FOR SALE 

The  Company  reclassified  from  premises  and  equipment  the  $325,000  carrying  value  of  land  originally  held  for 
development of a future branch office to real estate held for sale in June 2017 upon listing the property for sale. Based 
on subsequent impairment assessments, impairment losses of $37,000 and $104,000 were recognized and are reported 
as a component of noninterest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for years 2020 and 
2019, respectively. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(7)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

Premises and equipment as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following: 

2020 

2019 

(In thousands) 

Land and land improvements 
Office buildings 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation 

  $ 

 507   $ 

    2,227  
    1,178  
    3,912  
    2,014  

 507 
    2,223 
    1,290 
    4,020 
    2,146 

Total premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation 

  $   1,898   $   1,874 

The  carrying  value  of  premises  and  equipment  are  assessed  for  impairment  whenever  events  and  circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to 
result from its use and eventual disposition. The factors considered by management in performing this assessment 
include current operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which the property is used, and the effects of 
obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors. 

(8)  DEPOSITS 

The aggregate amount of time deposit accounts with balances that met or exceeded the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation ("FDIC") insurance limit of $250,000 was approximately $3.3 million and $8.4 million at December 31, 
2020 and 2019, respectively. 

At December 31, 2020, scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows: 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 

Total 

     (In thousands) 

  $ 

 22,610 
 9,809 
 5,746 
 706 
 5,002 

  $ 

 43,873 

The Company held deposits of approximately $3.5 million and $3.2 million for related parties at December 31, 2020 
and 2019, respectively. 

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits 
Time deposits 

Total 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 120   $ 
 642  

 103 
 732 

  $ 

 762   $ 

 835 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
      
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(9)  ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank had $11.0 million and $10.0 million in advances outstanding from the 
FHLB, respectively. On June 27, 2019, the Company borrowed $10.0 million from the FHLB as a putable fixed-rate 
advance which matures on June 27, 2024 and bears an interest rate of 1.73%. On December 30, 2020, the Company 
borrowed $1.0 million from the FHLB as a fixed-rate bullet advance, bearing an interest rate of 0.26% and matured 
on January 6, 2021. The advances are secured under a blanket collateral agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 
2020, the carrying value of mortgage loans pledged as security for advances was $63.9 million. 

(10)  LEASE COMMITMENT 

During 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement expiring in July 2022 for loan production office space. At 
December 31, 2020, minimum lease payments remaining under the lease are $27,000 for the year ending December 
31, 2021 and $14,000 for the year ending December 31, 2022. 

Total rental expense for the operating lease for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $27,000. 

(11)  INCOME TAXES 

The  components  of  consolidated  income  tax  expense  for  the years  ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019  were  as 
follows: 

(In thousands) 

Current 
Deferred 
Total 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

 50   $ 
 (15) 
 35   $ 

 89 
 (4)
 85 

The reconciliation of income tax expense with the amount which would have been provided at the federal statutory 
rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, follows: 

(In thousands) 

Provisions at federal statutory rate 
State income tax-net of federal tax benefit 
Municipal interest income 
Bank-owned life insurance income 
Other 
Total 

Effective tax rate 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

 257   $ 

 27  
 (246) 
 (14) 
 11  
 35   $ 

 219  
 25  
 (162)  
 (15)  
 18  
 85  

 2.9 %   

 8.1 %

Indiana tax laws enacted in 2013 and 2014 decreased the Indiana financial institutions franchise tax rate beginning in 
2014 and ending in 2023. Deferred taxes have been adjusted to reflect the newly enacted rates and the period in which 
temporary differences are expected to reverse. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were 
as follows: 

(In thousands) 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities): 

Director deferred compensation plan 
Allowance for loan losses 
Valuation allowance - real estate held for sale 
Nonaccrual loan interest income 
Equity incentive plans 
Employee stock ownership plan 
Net deferred loan costs 
Other 

Total deferred tax assets 

Depreciation 
FHLB stock dividends 
Prepaid expenses 
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale 
Net deferred loan costs 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 39   $ 

 386  
 105  
 57  
 18  
 20  
 2  
 7  
 634  

 (79) 
 (18) 
 (22) 
 (1,064) 
 —  
 (1,183) 

 46 
 366 
 97 
 57 
 13 
 12 
 — 
 8 
 599 

 (54)
 (18)
 (20)
 (424)
 (7)
 (523)

Net deferred tax asset (liability) 

  $ 

 (549)  $ 

 76 

At  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had  no  liability  for  unrecognized  income  tax  benefits  related  to 
uncertain tax positions and does not anticipate any increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the 
next twelve months. The Company believes that its income tax positions would be sustained upon examination and 
does  not  anticipate  any  adjustments  that  would  result  in  a  material  change  to  its  financial  position  or  results  of 
operations. The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and a combined Indiana state income 
tax  return.  Returns  filed  in  these  jurisdictions  for  tax years  ended  on  or  after  December 31,  2017  are  subject  to 
examination by the relevant taxing authorities. 

Prior to October 1, 1996, the Company was permitted by the Internal Revenue Code to deduct from taxable income 
an annual addition to a statutory bad debt reserve subject to certain limitations. Retained earnings at December 31, 
2020 and 2019 include approximately $1.4 million of cumulative deductions for which no deferred federal income 
tax liability has been recorded. Reduction of these reserves for purposes other than tax bad debt losses or adjustments 
arising  from  carry  back  of  net  operating  losses  would  create  income  for  tax  purposes  subject  to  the  then  current 
corporate income tax rate. The unrecorded deferred tax liability on these amounts was approximately $294,000 at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(12)  DEFERRED DIRECTORS COMPENSATION PLAN 

The Company has a deferred compensation plan whereby certain directors defer into an account with the Company a 
portion of their monthly director fees to provide income for a period of ten years following retirement. The benefits 
under the contracts are fully vested and the Company accrues the interest cost on the deferred obligation. The balance 
of the accrued benefit for the plan was $163,000 and $194,000 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Deferred 
compensation expense was $12,000 and $13,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(13)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

Defined Contribution Plan: 

The  Company  has  a  qualified  defined  contribution  plan  available  to  all  eligible  employees.  The  plan  allows 
participating  employees  to  make  tax-deferred  contributions  under  Internal  Revenue  Code  Section 401(k).  The 
Company contributed $73,000 and $61,000 to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan: 

In connection with the Conversion, the Bank established a leveraged ESOP for eligible employees of the Company 
and the Bank. The ESOP trust purchased 204,789 shares of Company common stock at the initial public offering price 
of $10.00 per share financed by a 20-year term loan with the Company. The loan is secured by shares purchased with 
the loan proceeds and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from the Company’s discretionary contributions to the 
ESOP and earnings on ESOP  assets. The  employer  loan and the related  interest  income  are not recognized  in the 
consolidated financial statements as the debt is serviced by employer contributions. Dividends payable on allocated 
shares are charged to retained earnings and are satisfied by the allocation of cash dividends to participant accounts. 
Dividends payable on unallocated shares are not considered dividends for financial reporting purposes. Shares held 
by  the  ESOP  trust  are  held  in  a  suspense  account  and  allocated  to  participant  accounts  as principal  and  interest 
payments  are  made  by  the  ESOP  to  the  Company.  Payments  of  principal  and  interest  are  due  annually  on 
December 31, the Company’s fiscal year end. 

As shares are committed to be released for allocation to participant accounts from collateral, the Company reports 
compensation  expense  equal  to  the  average  fair  value  of  shares  committed  to  be  released  during  the year  with  a 
corresponding credit to stockholders’ equity and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations. 
The compensation expense is accrued throughout the year. 

Compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $147,000 and $146,000, 
respectively. Company common stock held by the ESOP trust at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was as follows: 

Allocated shares 
Unallocated shares 

Total ESOP shares 

2020 

2019 

 27,863   
 176,926   

 16,498 
 188,291 

 204,789   

 204,789 

Fair value of unallocated shares 

  $  2,550,000   $  2,529,000 

(14)  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS 

The Company’s stock-based compensation plans are described below. The compensation cost that has been charged 
against income for those plans was $220,000 and $183,000 for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The  total  income  tax  benefit  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  for  stock-based  compensation 
arrangements was $46,000 and $28,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The Company accounts for any forfeitures when they occur, and any previously recognized compensation expense 
for an award is reversed in the period the award is forfeited.  The Company generally reissues treasury shares or issues 
new shares from its authorized but unissued shares under the plans. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

2010 Equity Incentive Plan 

The  Bank  had  an  equity  incentive  plan  (the  "2010  Plan")  adopted  on  July 27,  2010  which  was  assumed  by  the 
Company in connection with the Conversion. Under the 2010 Plan, 127,849 shares of common stock, as adjusted for 
the exchange ratio applied in the Conversion, were approved for awards of stock options and restricted stock. As of 
December 31, 2020, on an adjusted basis, awards for stock options totaling 93,254 shares and awards for restricted 
stock totaling 34,250 shares of Company common stock have been granted, net of any forfeitures, to participants in 
the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan expired July 27, 2020. 

2019 Equity Incentive Plan 

In September 2019, the Company's stockholders approved the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2019 Plan") which 
provides for the award of stock options and restricted stock. Under the 2019 Plan, the Compensation Committee may 
grant  stock  options  that,  upon  exercise,  result  in  the  issuance  of  255,987  shares  of  common  stock  and  may  grant 
102,395 shares of restricted stock. At December 31, 2020, awards for restricted stock totaling 18,500 shares of the 
Company common stock have been granted to participants in the 2019 Plan. At December 31, 2020, no awards of 
stock options have been granted under the 2019 Plan. 

The vesting dates for stock option awards are determined by the Compensation Committee appointed by the board of 
directors. All unvested options become exercisable upon an option holder’s death or disability and in the event of a 
change in control. Option prices may not be less than the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of the 
grant of the award. Restricted stock awards generally vest over a period of five years. The Plan provides that unvested 
restricted stock awards become fully vested upon a holder’s death or disability and in the event of a change in control. 
Compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period with a corresponding credit to stockholders’ 
equity. The requisite service period for restricted shares is the vesting period. 

Stock Options: 

The fair market value of stock options granted during 2019 under the 2010 Plan was estimated at the date of grant 
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s 
stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding 
and  is  based  on  the  average  of  the  vesting  term  and  the  original  contractual  term  as  the  Company  does  not  have 
sufficient historical exercise data to  provide  a  reasonable basis  on which  to  estimate  the  expected  term  due to the 
limited period of time its common shares have been publicly traded. The risk-free rate for the expected life of the 
options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. 

The following significant assumptions were used during 2019 to estimate the fair value of stock options granted: 

Expected volatility 
Expected term (in years) 
Expected dividends 
Risk-free rate 

 20.2 %
 7.5  
 0.60 %
 1.86 %

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $3.23. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

A summary of option activity under the 2010 Plan as of December 31, 2020, and changes during the year then ended 
is presented below: 

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Outstanding at end of period 

Vested and expected to vest 

Exercisable at end of period 

      Weighted        

  Number 
of 

  Shares 

  Weighted    Average 
  Average 
  Exercise 
Price 

  Remaining    Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
  Contractual  
Value 
Term 

    93,488   $  13.17    
 —   
 —   
 7.03   

 —  
 —  
 (234) 

    93,254   $  13.18    

8.8   $114,000 

    93,254   $  13.18    

8.8   $114,000 

    44,518   $  13.01    

8.6   $ 62,000 

At December 31, 2020, there was $157,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options. 
That compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years. 

Restricted Stock: 

A summary of the activity for the Company’s nonvested restricted shares during the year ended December 31, 2020, 
is presented below: 

Nonvested at beginning of year 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 

Nonvested at end of period 

      Weighted 
Average 

  Number of 
Shares 

  Grant-Date 
  Fair Value 

 22,553   $ 
 18,500  
 (10,911)  
 —  

 13.32 
 14.74 
 13.86 
 — 

 30,142   $ 

 14.00 

The total fair value of shares vested during each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, was $160,000 and 
$115,000, respectively. At December 31, 2020, unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted 
shares was $422,000. That compensation expense is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average 
vesting period of 3.2 years. 

(15)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

COVID-19 

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic, which 
continues  to  spread  throughout  the  United  States  and  around  the  world.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  adversely 
affected,  and  may  continue  to  adversely  affect  economic activity  globally,  nationally  and  locally.  COVID-19  and 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

actions taken to mitigate the spread of it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the 
economies and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which the Company operates. 
Such  events  also  may  adversely  affect  business  and  consumer  confidence,  generally,  and  the  Company  and  its 
customers, and their respective suppliers, vendors and processors, may be adversely affected. 

Due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  market  interest  rates  have  declined  significantly,  as  the  Federal  Open  Market 
Committee reduced the targeted federal funds interest rate range by 150 basis points during the month of March 2020 
to 0% to 0.25%. These reductions in interest rates and other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may adversely affect 
the Company's financial condition and results of operations in future periods. It is unknown how long the adverse 
conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic will last and what the financial impact will be to the Company. 
It is reasonably possible that estimates made in the financial statements could be materially and adversely impacted 
in the near term as a result of these conditions, including expected credit losses on loans. 

Credit-Related Financial Instruments 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  there  are  outstanding  various  commitments  and  contingent  liabilities,  such  as 
commitments to extend credit and legal claims, which are not reflected in the financial statements. 

There were $26,000 in commitments under outstanding standby letters of credit at December 31, 2020. There were 
no commitments under outstanding standby letters of credit at December 31, 2019. 

The following is a summary of the commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

(In thousands) 
Loan commitments: 

Fixed rate 
Adjustable rate 

Undisbursed commercial and personal lines of credit 
Undisbursed portion of commercial construction loans 
Undisbursed portion of residential construction loans 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 180   $ 

 2,244  

 11,774  
 2,928  
 429  

 — 
 2,869 

 9,162 
 1,508 
 252 

Total commitments to extend credit 

  $ 

 17,555   $ 

 13,791 

(16)  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet 
the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby 
letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of 
the amounts recognized in the balance sheet. 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments 
for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of 
those instruments (see Note 15). The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional 
obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition 
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may 
require payment of a fee. Because many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the 
total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  The  Company  evaluates  each 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary 
by the Company upon extension of credit, varies and is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counter-party. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Company  to  guarantee  the  performance  of  a 
customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses 
and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that 
involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company’s policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of 
such collateral, is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit. The Company had 
no liabilities related to standby letters of credit guarantees at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

The Company has not been required to perform on any financial guarantees during the past two years. The Company 
incurred no losses on its commitments in either 2020 or 2019. 

(17)  REGULATORY MATTERS 

The Company is a bank holding company subject to capital adequacy requirements of the Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve ("Federal Reserve") under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the regulations 
of the Federal Reserve, except that, pursuant to the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection 
Act, effective August 30, 2018, a bank holding company with consolidated assets of less than $3 billion is generally 
not subject to the Federal Reserve's capital regulations.  

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by its primary federal regulator, the Office 
of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency  ("OCC").  Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain 
mandatory-and possibly additional discretionary-actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material 
effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework 
for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines involving quantitative measures of the 
Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The 
Bank’s capital amounts and classification under prompt corrective action guidelines are also subject to qualitative 
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 

Beginning  in  2020,  qualifying  community  banks  with  assets  of  less  than  $10  billion  are  eligible  to  opt  in  to  the 
Community Bank Leverage Ratio (“CBLR”) framework. The CBLR is the ratio of a bank’s tangible equity capital to 
average  total  consolidated  assets.  A  qualifying  community  bank  that  exceeds  this  ratio  will  be  deemed  to  be  in 
compliance with all other capital and leverage requirements, including the capital requirements to be considered “well 
capitalized”  under  prompt  corrective  action  statutes.  The  federal  banking  agencies  may  consider  a  financial 
institution’s risk profile when evaluating whether it qualifies as a community bank for purposes of the capital ratio 
requirement. The federal banking agencies must set the minimum capital for the new CBLR at not less than 8% and 
not more than 10%, and had originally set the minimum ratio at 9%. However, pursuant to the CARES Act and related 
interim final rules, the minimum CBLR will be 8% for calendar year 2020, 8.5% for calendar year 2021, and 9% 
thereafter. A financial institution that falls below the minimum CBLR generally has a two quarter grace period to get 
back into compliance as long as it maintains a minimum CBLR of 7% for 2020, 7.5% for 2021 and 8% for 2022 and 
thereafter.  A  financial  institution  can  elect  to  be  subject  to  or  opt  out  of  the  CBLR  framework  at  any  time.  As  a 
qualified community bank, the Bank has opted into the CBLR framework as of December 31, 2020. Management 
believes that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject as of December 31, 2020 and 
2019. 

Prior to 2020, the Bank was required to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total, Tier 1 and common equity 
Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to 
average assets (as defined). In addition to the minimum capital ratios, the Bank was required to maintain a capital 
conservation buffer consisting of additional common equity Tier 1 capital greater than 2.5% of risk-weighted assets 
above the required minimum levels in order to avoid limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, 

96 

 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

and paying discretionary  bonuses  based on percentages  of eligible retained  income that  could be utilized  for such 
actions. The capital conservation buffer was 2.50% at December 31, 2019. 

At  December  31,  2020,  the  Bank’s  CBLR  ratio  was  17.6%.  Management  believes  that  the  Bank  met  all  capital 
adequacy requirements to which it was subject as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

As of December 31, 2020, the most recent notification from the OCC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under 
the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that 
management believes have changed the Bank’s category. 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table. No amounts were deducted from 
capital  for  interest-rate  risk  in  either year.  As  a  result  of  the  adoption  to  the  CBLR  effective  January  1,  2020,  a 
comparative ratio to prior year is not available. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

As of December 31, 2020: 

Actual 

     Amount       Ratio 

  Minimum for Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 
with Capital 
Conservation Buffer: 
  Amount       Ratio 

  Minimum to be Well 

Capitalized under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions: 
  Amount       Ratio 

Community Bank Leverage Ratio 

  $ 39,174   

 17.6 %      

N/A    N/A  

  $ 17,772   

 8.00 %

As of December 31, 2019: 

Total Capital (to risk 
weighted assets) 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk 
weighted assets) 

Common equity Tier 1 

Capital (to risk 
weighted assets) 

Tier 1 Capital (to average 
adjusted total assets) 

(18)  STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Dividends 

  $ 39,021   

 33.4 %     $ 12,253     10.50 %     $ 11,669     10.00 %

  $ 37,562   

 32.2 %     $  9,919   

 8.50 %     $  9,335   

 8.00 %

  $ 37,562   

 32.2 %     $  8,168   

 7.00 %     $  7,585   

 6.50 %

  $ 37,562   

 17.9 %     $  8,401   

 4.00 %     $ 10,501   

 5.00 %

The payment of dividends by the  Company and Bank  are subject to  regulation  by the  Federal Reserve and  OCC, 
respectively. Under Indiana law, the Company is prohibited from paying a dividend if, as a result of its payment, the 
Company would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business, or if the Company's 
total  liabilities  would  exceed  its  total  assets.  Under  OCC  regulations,  the  Bank  generally  may  make  capital 
distributions during any calendar year in an amount up to 100% of net income for the year-to-date plus retained net 
income for the two preceding years, so long as it is well-capitalized after the distribution. In addition, as noted above, 
if the Bank does not have the required capital conservation buffer, its ability to pay dividends to the Company would 
be limited. 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
    
    
    
   
    
    
   
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
    
   
    
    
   
    
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
    
   
    
    
   
    
    
   
 
 
    
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(19)  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The following table summarizes the carrying value and estimated fair value of financial instruments and the level 
within the fair value hierarchy (see Note 22) in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2020 and 
2019: 

(In thousands) 

December 31, 2020 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Securities available for sale 
Securities held to maturity 
Loans, net 
FHLB stock 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 

Deposits 
Advance from FHLB 
Accrued interest payable 

December 31, 2019 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Securities available for sale 
Securities held to maturity 
Loans, net 
FHLB stock 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 

Deposits 
Advance from FHLB 
Accrued interest payable 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Carrying        
Value 

  Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  $

 9,661   $  9,661   $

 —   $

   104,456  
 31  
   113,259  
 778  
 898  

 —  
 —  
 —  
   N/A  
 —  

   104,456  
 31  
 —  
N/A  
 898  

 — 
 — 
 — 
   117,432 
N/A 
 — 

   174,113  
 11,000  
 10  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 11,450  
 10  

   174,548 
 — 
 — 

  $  18,817   $ 18,817   $

 —   $

 58,417  
 42  
   123,272  
 778  
 865  

 —  
 —  
 —  
   N/A  
 —  

    58,417  
 42  
 —  
N/A  
 865  

 — 
 — 
 — 
   126,187 
N/A 
 — 

   146,969  
 10,000  
 7  

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 10,080  
 7  

   146,831 
 — 
 — 

The  carrying  amounts  in  the  preceding  table  are  included  in  the  consolidated balance  sheets  under  the  applicable 
captions. The contractual or notional amounts of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk are disclosed in 
Note 15, and the fair value of these instruments is considered immaterial. 

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows: 

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable, 
demand deposits and other transaction accounts. The fair value of securities and interest-bearing time deposits in other 
financial  institutions  is  based  on  quoted  market  prices  (where  available)  or  values  obtained  from  an  independent 
pricing service. The fair value of loans and fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is based on discounted cash flows 
using  current  market  rates  applied  to  the  estimated  life  and  credit  risk  of  the  instrument.  It  is  not  practicable  to 
determine  the  fair  value  of  FHLB  stock  due  to  restrictions  placed  on  its  transferability.  The  methods  utilized  to 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
      
      
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

measure the fair value of financial instruments at December 31, 2020 and 2019 represent an approximation of exit 
price, but an actual exit price may differ. 

(20)  SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

(In thousands) 
Cash payments for: 

Interest 
Net income taxes paid (received) 

2020 

2019 

 933   $ 
 81  

 918 
 (43)

(21)  SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE FOR EARNINGS PER SHARE 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

2020 

2019 

Basic 

Earnings: 

Net income 

Shares: 

  $

 1,191   $

 960 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

   3,172,057  

   3,361,106 

Net income per common share, basic 

  $

 0.38   $

 0.29 

Diluted 

Earnings: 

Net income 

Shares: 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 
Add: Dilutive effect of stock options 
Add: Dilutive effect of restricted stock 

  $

 1,191   $

 960 

   3,172,057  
 1,058  
 2,085  

   3,361,106 
 1,167 
 122 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, as adjusted 

   3,175,200  

   3,362,395 

Net income per common share, diluted 

  $

 0.38   $

 0.29 

Nonvested restricted stock shares and unallocated  ESOP shares  are  not considered  as  outstanding  for purposes of 
computing basic and diluted earnings per share. Stock options for 91,382 shares of common stock were excluded from 
the  calculation  of  diluted  net  income  per  common  share  because  their  effect  was  antidilutive  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. There were no antidilutive restricted stock awards excluded from the calculation of 
diluted net income per common share for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(22)  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, provides the framework for measuring fair value. That framework 
provides  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation  techniques  used  to  measure  fair  value.  The 
hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to unadjusted  quoted prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
      
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
   
 
   
    
      
  
    
      
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
    
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of 
the fair value hierarchy under FASB ASC Topic 820 are described as follows: 

Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in 
active markets. A quoted market price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair 
value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available. 

Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities in active 
markets; quoted market prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; 
or  inputs  that  are  derived  principally  from  or  can  be  corroborated  by  observable  market  data  by 
correlation or other means. 

Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are  unobservable  and significant  to the fair value measurement. 
Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using discounted 
cash  flow  methodologies,  as  well  as  instruments  for  which  the  determination  of  fair  value  requires 
significant management judgment or estimation. 

The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis as of 
December 31, 2020. The Company had no liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2020. 

December 31, 2020 

Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis 

Securities available for sale: 

Agency MBS 
Agency CMO 
Municipal obligations 

Total securities available for sale 

Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis 

Impaired loans: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Total impaired loans 

     Level 1       Level 2 

     Level 3        Total 

Carrying Value 

(In thousands) 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $  10,240   $
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 104,456   $

 27,771  
 66,445  

 —   $  10,240 
 —  
 27,771 
 66,445 
 —  
 —   $ 104,456 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $
 —  
 —  
 —   $

 —   $  1,468   $
 —  
 —  
 —   $  2,097   $

 273  
 356  

 1,468 
 273 
 356 
 2,097 

Real estate held for sale 

  $ 

 —   $

 —   $

 99   $

 99 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
      
      
       
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
      
       
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
      
       
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
    
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis as of 
December 31, 2019. The Company had no liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2019. 

December 31, 2019 

Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis 

Securities available for sale: 

Agency MBS 
Agency CMO 
Municipal obligations 

Total securities available for sale 

Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis 

Impaired loans: 

One-to-four family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Total impaired loans 

      Level 1 

      Level 2 

      Level 3 

      Total 

Carrying Value 

(In thousands) 

    $ 

  $ 

 —     $   9,770      $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $  58,417   $ 

   10,712  
   37,935  

 —     $   9,770 
   10,712 
 —  
 —  
   37,935 
 —   $  58,417 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —   $  1,406   $   1,406 
 581 
 581  
 —  
 —  
 378 
 378  
 —   $  2,365   $   2,365 

Real estate held for sale 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 135   $ 

 135 

A  description  of  the  valuation  methodologies  used  for  instruments  measured  at  fair  value,  as  well  as  the  general 
classification  of  such  instruments  pursuant  to  the  valuation  hierarchy,  is  set  forth  below.  These  valuation 
methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s financial assets carried at fair value or the lower of cost or fair 
value. 

Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is 
based on internally developed models or obtained from third parties that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-
based parameters or a matrix pricing model that employs the Bond Market Association’s standard calculations for 
cash flow and price/yield analysis and observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to 
ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value, or the lower of cost or fair value. These adjustments may 
include  unobservable  parameters.  Any  such  valuation  adjustments  have  been  applied  consistently  over  time.  The 
Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable 
value  or  reflective of  future  fair  values.  While  management  believes  the  Company’s  valuation  methodologies  are 
appropriate  and  consistent  with  other  market  participants,  the  use  of  different  methodologies  or  assumptions  to 
determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting 
date. 

Securities Available for Sale.  Securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value on a recurring basis. 
These securities are classified as Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy where quoted market prices from reputable third-
party brokers are available in an active market. If quoted market prices are not available, the Company obtains fair 
value measurements from an independent pricing service. These securities are reported using Level 2 inputs and the 
fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, U.S. 
government and agency yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, 
credit information, and the security’s terms and conditions, among other factors. Changes in fair value of securities 
available for sale are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of income tax effect. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

Impaired Loans.  Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment 
and adjusted accordingly. The fair value of impaired loans is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. 

Impaired loans are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate 
or the fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. At December 31, 2020 and 
2019, all impaired loans other than performing TDRs were considered to be collateral dependent for the purpose of 
determining fair value. Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets, including equipment, inventory and/or 
accounts receivable. The fair value of the collateral is generally determined based on real estate appraisals or other 
independent evaluations by qualified professionals, which are then discounted to reflect management’s estimate of 
the fair value of the collateral given the current market conditions and the condition of the collateral. 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of collateral 
dependent impaired loans included a discount from appraised value (including estimated costs to sell the collateral) 
of 10%. 

The Company recognized a recapture of provisions for loan losses of $23,000 for both years ended December 31, 
2020 and 2019 for impaired loans. 

Real Estate Held for Sale.  Real estate held for sale is reviewed and evaluated on at least an annual basis for additional 
impairment and adjusted accordingly. The fair value of real estate held for sale is classified as Level 3 in the fair value 
hierarchy. 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of real estate 
held for sale included a discount from appraised value (including estimated costs to sell the property) of 10%. 

The Company recognized charges to write down real estate held for sale to fair value of $37,000 and $104,000 during 
the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

There have been no changes in the valuation techniques and related inputs used for assets measured at fair value on a 
recurring and nonrecurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. There were no transfers in or 
out of the Company’s Level 3 financial assets for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

102 

 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(23)  REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS 

Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  in  the  scope  of  FASB  ASC  606  is 
recognized within noninterest income. The following table presents the Company’s sources of noninterest income and 
other income within the scope of FASB ASC 606 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

Service charges on deposit accounts 
ATM transaction and point-of-sale interchange fees 
Other income 

 Revenue from contracts with customers 

Net gains on investments 
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance 
Other income 

 Other noninterest income 

  $ 

2020 

2019 

(In thousands) 

 184   $ 
 419  
 27  
 630  

 104  
 68  
 63  
 235  

 311 
 380 
 29 
 720 

 7 
 72 
 4 
 83 

 Total noninterest income 

  $ 

 865   $ 

 803 

A description of the Company’s revenue streams accounted for under FASB ASC 606 follows: 

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts: The Company earns fees from its deposit customers for transaction-based, 
account maintenance, and overdraft services. Transaction-based fees, which include services such as stop payment 
charges and statement rendering, are recognized at the time the transaction is executed as that is the time the Company 
fulfills the customer’s request. Account maintenance fees, which relate primarily to monthly maintenance, are earned 
over the course of a month, representing the period over which the Company satisfies the performance obligation. 
Overdraft fees are recognized at the point in time that the overdraft occurs. 

ATM Transaction and Point-of-Sale Interchange Fees: The Company earns ATM usage fees and interchange fees 
from debit cardholder transactions conducted through a payment network. ATM fees are recognized at the point in 
time the transaction occurs. Interchange fees from cardholder transactions represent a percentage of the underlying 
transaction  value  and  are  recognized  daily,  concurrently  with  the  transaction  processing  services  provided  to  the 
cardholder. 

Other  Income:  Other  income  from  contracts  with  customers  includes  safe  deposit  box  fees,  check  cashing  and 
cashier's check fees, and wire transfer fees. This revenue is recognized at the time the transaction is executed or over 
the period the Company satisfies the performance obligation. 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(24)  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK 

At December 31, 2020, the Company had a concentration of credit risk with correspondent banks in excess of the 
federal  deposit  insurance  limit  of  $746,000.  The  Company  did  not  have  a  concentration  of  credit  risk  with 
correspondent banks at December 31, 2019. 

(25)  PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

Condensed financial information for the Company (parent company only) follows: 

BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands) 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Other assets 
Investment in subsidiaries 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(In thousands) 

Dividends from bank subsidiary 
Interest income from bank subsidiary 

Total income 

Other operating expenses 

Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 

Income tax benefit 

Loss before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 

As of 
December 31,  

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 6,499 
 166 
 42,387 

$ 

 11,940 
 73 
 38,843 

  $ 

 49,052 

$ 

 50,856 

  $ 

 48 
 49,004 

$ 

 43 
 50,813 

  $ 

 49,052 

$ 

 50,856 

Year Ended  
December 31,  

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 254   $ 
 152  
 406  

 (558) 

 (152) 

 (99) 

 (53) 
 1,244  

 — 
 191 
 191 

 (451)

 (260)

 (58)

 (202)
 1,162 

Net Income 

  $ 

 1,191   $ 

 960 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Net change in other assets and liabilities 

Net Cash Used In Operating Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Purchase of treasury stock 
Cash dividends paid 

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities 

Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Year Ended  
December 31,  

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 1,191   $ 

 960 

 (1,244) 
 (89) 
 (142) 

 (1,162)
 23 
 (179)

 (5,044) 
 (255) 
 (5,299) 

 (497)
 (269)
 (766)

 (5,441) 

 (945)

 11,940  

 12,885 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 

  $ 

 6,499   $ 

 11,940 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED 
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 

(26)  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) 

2020 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 

Net income 

Earnings per common share 

Basic 
Diluted 

2019 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 

Net income 

Earnings per common share 

Basic 
Diluted 

First 

  Quarter 

      Second 
  Quarter 

      Third 
  Quarter 

      Fourth 
  Quarter 

Total 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

  $ 

 1,933   $ 
 263  
 1,670  
 57  
 1,613  
 172  
 1,348  
 437  
 52  

 1,811   $ 
 249  
 1,562  
 15  
 1,547  
 283  
 1,455  
 375  
 33  

  $ 

 385   $ 

 342   $ 

 1,833   $ 
 226  
 1,607  
 30  
 1,577  
 202  
 1,526  
 253  
 (11) 
 264   $ 

 1,874   $ 
 198  
 1,676  
 30  
 1,646  
 208  
 1,693  
 161  
 (39) 
 200   $ 

 7,451 
 936 
 6,515 
 132 
 6,383 
 865 
 6,022 
 1,226 
 35 
 1,191 

  $ 
  $ 

 0.12   $ 
 0.12   $ 

 0.10   $ 
 0.10   $ 

 0.09   $ 
 0.09   $ 

 0.07   $ 
 0.07   $ 

 0.38 
 0.38 

  $ 

 1,985   $ 
 186  
 1,799  
 —  
 1,799  
 193  
 1,562  
 430  
 68  

 1,966   $ 
 205  
 1,761  
 —  
 1,761  
 223  
 1,647  
 337  
 40  

  $ 

 362   $ 

 297   $ 

 2,027   $ 
 267  
 1,760  
 6  
 1,754  
 215  
 1,888  
 81  
 (24) 
 105   $ 

 2,022   $ 
 267  
 1,755  
 6  
 1,749  
 172  
 1,724  
 197  
 1  
 196   $ 

 8,000 
 925 
 7,075 
 12 
 7,063 
 803 
 6,821 
 1,045 
 85 
 960 

  $ 
  $ 

 0.11   $ 
 0.11   $ 

 0.09   $ 
 0.09   $ 

 0.03   $ 
 0.03   $ 

 0.06   $ 
 0.06   $ 

 0.29 
 0.29 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

(a)  Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures:  An evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)) was carried out under 
the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and several 
other  members  of  the  Company’s  senior  management  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  annual  report.  The 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by the Company 
in  the  reports  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  (i) accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s 
management (including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) in a timely manner, and (ii) recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. 

While the Company believes the present design of its disclosure controls and procedures is effective to achieve 
its goal, future events affecting its business may cause the Company to modify its disclosure controls and procedures. The 
Company does not expect  that its disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control  over financial reporting  will 
prevent all errors and fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, 
not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  objectives  of  the  control  procedure  are  met.  Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all 
control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, 
if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-
making  can  be  faulty  and  that  breakdowns  in  controls  or  procedures  can  occur  because  of  simple  errors  or  mistakes. 
Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or 
by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure is based in part upon certain assumptions 
about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated 
goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, 
or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-
effective control procedure, misstatements attributable to errors or fraud may occur and not be detected. 

(b)  Changes in Internal Controls: There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
during  the  Company’s  most  recently  completed  fiscal  quarter  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

(c)  Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting:  The  management  of  Mid-
Southern Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. 
This internal control system has been designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board 
of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of the Company’s published financial statements. 

All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations.  Therefore,  even  those 
systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation 
and presentation. 

The management of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 
over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2020.  To  make  the  assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  for  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  our  assessment,  we  have  concluded  that,  as  of 
December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm. We 
are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth 
company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public 

107 

 
companies  that  are  not  emerging  growth  companies.  As  a  result,  for  the year  ended  December 31,  2020  we  were  not 
required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 

Item 9B. Other Information 

There was no information to be disclosed by the Company in a report on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of 

fiscal year 2020 that was not so disclosed. 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

The  information  contained  under  the  section  captioned  "Proposal  I -  Election  of  Directors"  contained  in  the 
Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and "Part I – Business – Information about 
our Executive Officers" of this Form 10-K, is incorporated herein by reference. 

Code of Ethics 

On April 18, 2018, the board of directors adopted the Officer and Director Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics is 
applicable to each of the Company’s officers, including the principal executive officer and senior financial officers, and 
requires individuals to maintain the highest standards of professional conduct. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available 
on the Company’s website at www.mid-southern.com. 

Audit Committee Matters and Audit Committee Financial Expert 

The Company has a separately-designated standing Audit Committee, composed of Directors Bailey (Chairman), 
Fisher, C. Lamb and Koch. Each member of the Audit Committee is “independent,” as defined in the Nasdaq Stock Market 
Listing Standards. The Company’s board of directors has designated Mr. Bailey, Audit Committee Chairman, as its audit 
committee financial expert, as defined in SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

Nomination Procedures 

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the 

Company’s board of directors. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

The information set forth under the sections captioned "Executive Compensation" and "Directors’ Compensation" 

in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information set forth under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" 
in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference. The 
Company is not aware of any arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation 
of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company. 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information. The following table summarizes share and exercise price information 

about the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2020. 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders: 

Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB 2010 Equity Incentive  
Plan 
Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders: 

Total 

      Number of 

securities to   
be issued 
upon exercise  
  of outstanding  

options 

Weighted- 
average 
price of 
outstanding 
options 

      Number of securities 

remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans
excluding securities 
reflected in column (A) 

(A)     

 93,254   $ 

(B)   
 13.18   

 —  

 —  

 93,254  

 —   

(C) 
 — 

 339,882 

 — 

 339,882 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information set forth under the headings “Related Party Transactions” and “Director Independence” under 
the  heading  “Meetings  and  Committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Corporate  Governance  Matters –  Corporate 
Governance” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by 
reference. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information set forth under the section captioned “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 
Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (excluding the information contained under 
the heading of “Report of the Audit Committee”) is incorporated herein by reference. 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)    1.   Financial Statements 

PART IV 

See “Part II –Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

2.   Financial Statement Schedules 

All schedules are omitted because  they are  not required or applicable, or the  required information  is 
shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto. 

Exhibits:     

3.1 
3.2 
4.1 
4.2 
10.1 
10.2 

10.3 
10.4 
10.5 
10.6 
10.7 

10.8 
14 
16.1 

21 
23.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32 
101 

  Articles of Incorporation of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. (1) 
  Bylaws of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc., as Amended (2) 
  Form of Common Stock Certificate of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. (1) 
  Description of Capital Stock of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. (1) 
  Form of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (1) 
  Employment Agreement by and between Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB and Alexander G. Babey, as 

Amended 

  Employment Agreement by and between Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB and Frank M. Benson, III (1)  
  Change in Control Agreement by and between Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB and Erica B. Schmidt (1) 
  Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (1) 
  2019 Equity Incentive Plan (1)  
  Incentive Stock Option and Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreements of the 2019 Equity Incentive 

Plan 

  Restricted Stock Award Agreement of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan 
  Code of Ethics (3) 
  Letter from Monroe Shine & Co., Inc., to the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated January 25, 2021, 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 25, 
2021 (File No. 001-38491) 

  Subsidiaries of Registrant  
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer 
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer  
  Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer  
  The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2020, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, 
(ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, 
(iv) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and 
(vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(1)  Filed as an exhibit to Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report Form 10-K on March 26, 2020 (File No. 001-

38491). 

(2)  Filed as an exhibit to Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.’s Form 8-K on January 22, 2021 (File No. 001-38491). 
(3)  The Company elects to satisfy Regulation S-K §229.406(c) by posting its Code of Ethics on its website at www.mid-

southern.com. 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: March 26, 2021 

MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 

By: /s/ Alexander G. Babey 
  Alexander G. Babey 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

  Director 

(Duly Authorized Representative) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

By:  /s/ Dana J. Dunbar 
Dana J. Dunbar 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 

      By:  /s/ Alexander G. Babey 

Alexander G. Babey 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date: March 26, 2021 

  Date: March 26, 2021 

By:  /s/ Robert W. DeRossett 
Robert W. DeRossett 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

  By:  /s/ Larry R. Bailey 

Larry R. Bailey 
Director 

Date: March 26, 2021 

By:  /s/ Trent L. Fisher 
Trent L. Fisher 
Director 

Date: March 26, 2021 

By:  /s/ Kermit A. Lamb 
Kermit A. Lamb 

Date: March 26, 2021 

By:  /s/ Eric A. Koch 
Eric A. Koch 

Date: March 26, 2021 

  Date: March 26, 2021 

  By:  /s/ Charles W. Lamb 

Charles W. Lamb 
Director 

  Date: March 26, 2021 

  By:  /s/ Brent A. Rosenbaum 

Brent A. Rosenbaum 

  Date: March 26, 2021 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 

This is an EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") dated as of 
October 1, 2016 (the "Effective Date"). between Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank"), 
and Alexander G. Babey ("Executive"). 

Exhibit 10.2 

Agreement 

The Bank and Executive agree as follows: 

1. 

Employment and Term 

 The Bank will employ Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive 
accepts the employment, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Unless earlier 
terminated pursuant to Section 5, the initial term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date 
and ends on the three-year anniversary of the Effective Date; thereafter, the term of this Agreement 
will automatically be extended for additional 12-month periods unless the Bank or Executive gives 
a notice of nonrenewal to the other party at least 60 days before the end of the initial term or the 
then-current 12-month period. The "Term" of this Agreement is the initial term together with all 
12-month extensions. The Term will end upon the termination of this Agreement by one or more 
of the parties hereto. 

2. 

Duties and Responsibilities 

Executive  will  perform  the  duties  customary  for  the  position  of  President  and  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  any  specific  duties  assigned  from  time  to  time  by  the  Bank’s  Board  of 
Directors  (the  "Board").  Throughout  the  Term,  Executive agrees  to  use his  best  efforts  for  the 
Bank's benefit and to devote his full time, attention, and energies to the Bank's business. Executive 
reports to the Bank's Board and will also serve as a member of the Bank's Board. 

Executive may engage in other business activities with the Board's approval and may invest 
his personal assets so long as the investment does not interfere with his performance under this 
Agreement and so long as no single or group of investments place Executive's financial well- being 
at  risk.  The  Bank  will  provide Executive  with  an  office,  a  computer,  and  such  other  facilities, 
equipment. supplies, and services as are reasonably suitable to his position. 

Executive will also serve as an executive officer and member of the Board of Directors of 

the Bank’s parent, Mid- Southern Mutual Holding Company (the "Holding Company"). 

3. 

Compensation; Benefits. 

(a)  

Base  Salary.  While  employed  by  the  Bank,  Executive  will  be  paid  $155,000 
annually (the "Base Salary") as compensation for his services under this Agreement, payable on 

1 

 
the Bank’s normal payroll schedule. Executive’s Base Salary will be reviewed periodically and 
may be increased from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion. Executive’s Base Salary 
may only be decreased with his consent. 

(b) 

Benefits. To the extent permitted under the applicable plan documents, Executive 
is entitled to participate in all benefit plans and arrangements generally available to employees of 
the  Bank  and  in  any  supplementary  benefits  provided  to  senior  executives  of  the  Bank,  all  in 
accordance  with  the  terms  of  such  plans  and  programs.  The  Bank  has  the  right  to  modify  the 
benefits available to its employees and senior executives from time to time. 

(c) 

Car Allowance. The Bank will provide Executive an annual car allowance in the 
amount of $10,000, payable in equal monthly installments. The car allowance will be included in 
Executive's first  pay  check  of each  month,  and  will be  treated  as  taxable  income  to  Executive, 
subject to normal payroll withholding. 

(d) 

Business Expenses. The Bank will reimburse Executive for reasonable, ordinary, 
documented, and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in performing his duties in 
accordance with the Bank's expense reimbursement policy. Any reimbursements that may create 
taxable income to Executive must be submitted for reimbursement as soon as practicable and will 
be paid in no event later than the 74th day after the end of Bank's taxable year in which the expenses 
are incurred. 

(e) 

Vacation  and  Holidays.  In  addition  to  paid  holidays  under  the  Bank's  policies 
applicable to employees generally, Executive is entitled to paid vacation time in accordance with 
the  Bank's  vacation  policies  as  in  effect  from  time  to  time,  which  currently  provide  Bank 
management  with  20  days  of  paid  vacation  per  year.  Unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  Bank's 
vacation policies as in effect from time to time, (i) unused vacation for any year during the Term 
may  not  be  accumulated  for  use  in  subsequent  years,  and  (ii)  Executive  is  not  entitled  to  any 
additional compensation for failure to use vacation time. 

4. 

Bonuses. 

(a) 

Change in Control Payment. 

(i) 

If a Change in Control (as is defined below) of the Bank occurs during the 
Term  and  if  Executive  has  a  Termination  of  Employment  because  (A)  Executive  voluntarily 
terminates his employment with the Bank as of a date within 60 to 90 days after the Change in 
Control,  (B)  Executive's  employment  with  the  Bank  is  terminated  by  the  Bank  without  Cause 
within  two  years  after  the  Change  in  Control,  or  (C)  Executive  voluntarily  terminates  his 
employment with the Bank for Good Reason within two years of a Change in Control; then in each 
case if, and only if, Executive resigns as an officer and director of both the Bank and the Holding 
Company and agrees not to file any administrative charge or lawsuit relating to Executive's prior 
employment  with  the  Bank  and  agrees  to  release  Bank  and  all  of  its  then  current  and  former 
directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, members, and affiliated companies from any and 

2 

 
all claims, in an agreement in such form as is determined by the Bank, which agreement is not 
revoked if allowed by its terms, the Bank shall make a "Change in Control Payment" as provided 
below . Executive must execute and deliver the release agreement to the Bank on the date set by 
the Bank, which shall be no later than 60 days following Executive's Termination of Employment, 
and the release will be delivered by the Bank to the Executive at least 21 days before the deadline 
set for its return. 

(ii) 

For purposes of the timing of payments under the Agreement, "Termination 
of Employment" shall mean the date the Executive and the Bank reasonably anticipate that (A) 
Executive will not perform any further services for the Bank or any other entity considered a single 
employer with  the Bank  under Section  414(b)  or  (c)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of 1986, as 
amended  ("Code")  (but  substituting  50%  for  80%  in  the  application  thereof)  (the  "Employer 
Group" ), or (B) the level of bona fide services Executive will perform for the Employer Group 
after that date will permanently decrease to less than 20% of the average level of bona fide services 
performed over the previous 36 months (or if shorter over the duration of service). For this purpose, 
service performed as an employee or as an independent contractor is counted, except that service 
as a member of the Board of an Employer Group entity is not counted unless termination benefits 
under  this  Agreement  are  aggregated  with  benefits  under  any  other  Employer  Group  plan  or 
agreement  in  which  Executive  also  participates  as  a  director.  Executive  will  not  be  treated  as 
having a termination of his employment while he or she is on military leave, sick leave or other 
bona fide leave of absence if the leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, the period during 
which Executive has a reemployment right under statute or contract. If a bona fide leave of absence 
extends beyond six months, Executive's employment will be considered to terminate on the first 
day after the end of such six-month period, or on the day after Executive's statutory or contractual 
reemployment  right  lapses,  if  later.  The  Bank  will  determine  when  Executive's  Date  of 
Termination occurs based on all relevant facts and circumstances, in accordance with Treasury 
Regulation Section l.409A-l (h). 

(iii) 

For  this  purpose,  termination  by  the  Bank  for  "Cause"  shall  mean 
termination  on  account  of  (A)  the  willful  and  continued  failure  by  Executive  to  substantially 
perform  his  duties  with  the  Bank  after  written  demand  for  substantial  performance  has  been 
delivered to Executive by the Bank and Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity for 
cure; or (B) the willful engaging by Executive in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably 
injurious to the Bank or its reputation; (C) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; or 
(D) material violation of any law, rule or regulation other than traffic violations or similar offenses. 
For purposes of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on Executive's part shall be considered 
"willful"  unless  done,  or  admitted  to  be  done,  by  Executive  not  in  good  faith  and  without 
reasonably belief that Executive's action or omission was in the best interest of the Bank. 

(iv) 

Termination  by  Executive  for  "Good  Reason"  means  Executive's 
Termination of Employment due to his resignation from the Bank no more than 60 days after (A) 
the  Bank  reduces  or  changes  Executive's  duties  to  those  which  are  clearly  not  consistent  with 
executive status; (B) the Bank requires Executive to change his principal work location by at least 
30  miles  and  Executive  refuses  to  make  such  move;  or  (C) the  Bank  reduces  Executive's  base 

3 

 
salary,  in  each  case  which  condition  is  not  cured  within  30  days  after  Executive  has  delivered 
written  notice  of  such  condition  to  the  Employer.  In  each  case,  Executive  must  give  the  Bank 
notice of the condition within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition, or any termination 
will not be considered to be for Good Reason. 

(v) 

The "Change in Control Payment" will equal 2 times the average of the 
Executive's total taxable compensation from the Bank includable in taxable income for the five 
calendar years preceding the date of the Change in Control, determined in a manner  consistent 
with Section 280G of the Code, subject to the maximum payment provisions below. The Change 
in Control Payment shall be made in a lump sum in cash 30 days after the date of Termination of 
Employment  triggering  the  payment.  This  payment  shall  not  reduce  or  offset  any  other  pay  or 
benefits  then  due  or  owing  Executive,  and  no  reduction  shall  be  made  on  account  of  future 
employment. 

(vi) 

For  all  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  a  "Change  in  Control"  of  the  Bank 
means: (A) an event or series of events which have the effect of any "person" as such term is used 
in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange 
Act"), other than any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Bank under any employee 
benefit  plan  of the Bank,  becoming  the  "beneficial  owner"  as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the 
Exchange  Act,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of  Bank  representing  50%  or  more  of  the 
combined  voting  power  of  the  Bank's  then  outstanding  stock  ;  (B)  during  any  period  of  two 
consecutive years,  individuals  who  at  the  beginning  of  such  period  constitute  the  Board  of  the 
Bank cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination 
for  election  by  the  stockholders,  of  each  new  director  was  approved  by  either  the  Holding 
Company or by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Bank's directors then still in office who were 
directors at the beginning of the period; (C) the business of the Bank is disposed of pursuant to a 
partial or complete liquidation, sale of assets, or otherwise. 

(vii) 

In no event shall any amount payable under any provision of this Agreement 
equal  or  exceed  an  amount  which  would  cause  the  Bank  to  forfeit,  pursuant  to  Code  Section 
280G(a), its deduction for any or all such amounts payable. Pursuant to this Section the Bank shall 
reduce severance benefits payable under this Agreement, if such benefits alone or in conjunction 
with termination benefits provided under other Bank plans or agreements between Executive and 
the Bank, would cause the Bank to forfeit otherwise deductible payments; provided, however that 
no benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced pursuant to this Section to less than $ 
l.00 below the amount of benefits which Bank can properly deduct under Code Section 280G(a). 

(viii)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any 
payments  made  to  the  Executive  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  or  otherwise,  are  subject  to  and 
conditioned  upon  their  compliance  with  Section  l8(k)  of  the  FDIA  (12  U.S.C.  §1828(k))  and 
12C.F.R.  Part  359.  No  Change  in  Control  Payment  will  be  made  to  Executive  under  this 
Agreement unless the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") and the Office of the 
Comptroller  of  the  Currency  (the  "OCC")  provide  any  necessary  approvals  of  the  Change  in 
Control Payment prior to it being paid. 

4 

 
(b) 

Discretionary  Bonuses.  The  Board,  in  its  sole  discretion,  may  develop  a  bonus 
program which includes Executive and awards Executive additional bonuses from time to time in 
amounts that it determines proper. For avoidance of doubt, the Board has no obligation to award 
any additional bonuses to Executive. 

(c) 

Forfeiture; Clawback. If, prior to payment of any Change in Control Payment or 
bonus to Executive, it is determined that Executive (A) committed any fraudulent act or omission, 
breach of trust or fiduciary duty, or insider abuse with regard to the Bank that has had or is likely 
to have a material adverse effect on the Bank, (B) is substantially responsible for the insolvency 
of,  the  appointment  of  a  conservator  or  receiver  for,  or  the  troubled  condition,  as  defined  by 
applicable regulations of the appropriate federal banking agency, of the Bank, (C) has materially 
violated any applicable federal or state banking law or regulation that has had or is likely to have 
a material effect on the Bank, or (D) has violated or conspired to violate Sections 215, 656, 657, 
1005, 1006, 1007, 1014, 1032, or 1344 of title 18 of the United States Code, or Sections 1341 or 
1343 of such title affecting the Bank, then Executive will automatically and immediately forfeit 
any  right  to  be  paid  such  Change  in  Control  Payment  or  bonus  .  If,  after  a  Change  in  Control 
Payment or bonus is paid to Executive, the Board determines in good faith that any of the matters 
set forth in clauses (A) through (D) of this Section apply to the Executive, then the Executive must 
promptly (and in any event, within 10 business days following written notice to Executive) return 
to  the  Bank  an  amount  equal  to  the  Change  in  Control  Payment  and/or  bonus  in  immediately 
available funds. 

5. 

Termination. 

(a) 

Events of Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to 
the  contrary,  this  Agreement  and  Executive's  employment  with  the  Bank  will  terminate 
immediately upon the first of the following events to occur: 

(i) 

Executive's death or Disability (unless, in the case of Disability, waived by 

the Bank); 

(ii) 

30  days  after  Executive  gives  notice  of  his  voluntary  termination  of  his 

employment for any reason (unless such notice or 30-day period is waived by the Bank); or 

(iii) 

termination by the Bank for Cause, as defined in Section 4(a)(iii). 

(b) 

Effect of Termination. Upon termination of Executive's employment pursuant to 
this  Section  5,  Executive  will  be  entitled  to  his  Base  Salary  and  benefits  through  the  date  of 
termination and will be entitled to no additional compensation or benefits. In addition, if Executive 
is terminated for any reason, Executive must resign from all offices Executive holds with the Bank 
and its affiliates. 

(c) 

Disability. "Disability" means Executive's inability (as determined by a physician 
appointed  by  the  Bank)  due  to  accident  or  physical  or  mental  illness,  to  adequately  and  fully 
perform the duties that Executive was performing for Executive when the disability began, with 

5 

 
the reasonable expectation that such inability will continue for at least 180 days notwithstanding 
any reasonable accommodation required by state or federal disability anti-discrimination laws. If 
at  any  time  during  the  Term  the physician  appointed  by  the  Bank  makes  a  determination  with 
respect to Executive's Disability, that determination shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon 
the Bank, Executive, and their successors in interest. 

6. 

Nonsolicitation; Confidentiality 

(a) 

Confidentiality. 

(i) 

General.  Executive  acknowledges  that  the  Bank  continually  develops 
Confidential Information, that Executive may develop Confidential Information for the Bank, and 
that  Executive  may  learn  of  Confidential  Information  during  the  course  of  his  employment. 
Executive will comply with the policies and procedures of the Bank for protecting Confidential 
Information and may never disclose to any person (except as required by applicable law or for the 
proper  performance  of  his  duties  and  responsibilities),  or  use  for  his  own  benefit  or  gain,  or 
otherwise  use  in  a  manner  adverse  to  the  interests  of  the  Protected  Parties,  any  Confidential 
Information obtained by Executive incident to his employment or other association with the Bank. 
Executive understands that this restriction will continue to apply after his employment terminates, 
regardless of the reason for such termination. 

(ii) 

Return  of  Documents.  All  documents,  records,  tapes,  or  other  media  of 
every  kind  and  description  containing  Confidential  Information  or  otherwise  relating  to  the 
business, present or otherwise, of the Protected Parties, and any copies, in whole or in part, thereof 
("Documents"), whether or not prepared by Executive, and any and all equipment or other tangible 
personal property provided by the Bank for Executive's use ("Company Property"), is the sole and 
exclusive property of the Bank. Executive must safeguard all Documents and Company Property, 
and must surrender to the Bank at the time his employment terminates, or at such earlier time(s) 
as  the  Board  or  its  designee  may  specify,  all  Documents  and  all  Company  Property  then  in 
Executive's possession or control. 

(iii)  Confidential Information.  "Confidential  Information"  means any  and  all 
information of the Protected Parties that is not generally known by the public, that is proprietary, 
or  that  would  reasonably  be  considered  confidential.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing , Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to (A) the 
services or  products sold or offered by the Protected  Parties,  (B) the costs ,  sources  of supply, 
financial  performance  and  strategic  plans  of  the  Protected  Parties,  (C)  the  identity  and  special 
needs of the customers of the Protected Parties, and (D) the people and organizations with whom 
the  Protected  Parties  have  business  relationships,  and  the  nature  of  those  relationships. 
Confidential  Information  also  includes  comparable  information  that  the  Protected  Parties  have 
received belonging to others, or that was received by a Protected Party with an understanding that 
it would not be disclosed. 

6 

 
(iv) 

Protected  Parties.  "Protected  Parties"  means  the  Bank,  the  Holding 

Company, their affiliates, and any direct or indirect subsidiaries thereof. 

(b) 

Nonsolicitation.  During  the  Term  and  for  a  two-year  period  following  the 
termination of Executive's employment for any reason (the "Restricted Period"), Executive agrees 
that he will not directly or indirectly, whether for his own account or that of any other person or 
entity, attempt to or actually do any of the following: 

(i) 

solicit, divert, or accept any portion of the business of any Customer of a 
Protected Party with respect to any product or service that is the same as, similar to, a substitute 
for, or competitive with any product or service offered by such Protected Parties; 

(ii) 

induce any Customer of a Protected Party to cease doing business with such 

Protected Party or to reduce the volume of business they do with such Protected Party; 

(iii) 

provide any advice to or otherwise induce a Customer of a Protected Party 
to cease doing business with such Protected Party or to reduce the volume of business it does with 
such Protected Party; 

(iv) 

in  any  other  way  interfere  with  a  Protected  Party’s  business  or  the 

relationship between a Protected Party and any other person or entity; 

(v) 

in any manner recruit, solicit, induce, entice, or persuade any Employee of 
a Protected Party to terminate or  change  the  Employee's  employment  or other  relationship with 
such  Protected  Party  or  discuss  the  prospect  of  an  Employee  of  a  Protected  Party  leaving  or 
changing employment with such Protected Party; or 

(vi) 

hire, or induce the hiring of any Employee of a Protected Party. 

For purposes of this Section 6(b) and Section 6(c), (x) the term "Customer" means any person or 
entity that is, or was within the one-year period immediately prior to the termination of Executive's 
employment, an actual or prospective customer or client  of a Protected Party;  and  (y) the term 
"Employee" means any person or entity that is, or was during the Term, an employee, independent 
contractor, director, officer, or agent of a Protected Party or any person or entity whose engagement 
as  an  employee  ,  independent  contractor,  director,  officer,  or  agent  of a  Protected  Party  ended 
during the Term or the six-month period immediately following Executive's termination. 

(c) 
he will not: 

No Competition. Executive agrees that during the Term and the Restricted Period, 

(i) 

directly  or  indirectly,  individually  or  as  a  consultant,  employee,  officer. 
director, stockholder, partner or other owner or participant in any entity or venture other than the 
Bank, accept any position or perform any services for a Competitor in any Indiana County in which 
the Bank then has an office or branch or any Indiana County adjacent to a County where the Bank 
has a branch; or 

7 

 
(ii) 

seek  or  accept  employment  with  a  Customer  of  the  Bank  for  the 
performance,  management,  or  supervision  of  services  that  might  otherwise  be  provided  by  the 
Bank in any Indiana County in which the Bank then has an office or branch or any Indiana County 
adjacent to a County where the Bank has a branch. 

For purposes of this Section 6(c), the term "Competitor" means any entity or venture other 
than the Bank that competes with any business in which the Bank or its affiliates is engaging or in 
which the Bank or such affiliates plan to engage. 

(d) 

Tolling of Restricted Period. If Executive violates any of the restrictive covenants 
in Sections 6(b) or (c), then the Restricted Period will be tolled or will not begin to run, as the case 
may be, until the date on which Executive ceases to be in violation of such covenant. 

(e) 

Non-Disparagement. Executive agrees and covenants that he will not at any time 
make, publish, or communicate to any person or entity or in any public forum any defamatory or 
disparaging remarks, comments, or statements concerning any Protected Party, its businesses, or 
any of its employees, officers, existing and prospective customers, suppliers, investors, and other 
associated third parties. 

(f) 

Exceptions.  Nothing  in  this  Section  6  prohibits  Executive  from  purchasing  or 
owning less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded securities of any entity, but only if such 
ownership represents a passive investment and that Executive is not a controlling person of, or a 
member of a group that  controls, such  entity.  In  addition,  this  Section 6  does  not,  in  any way, 
restrict  or  impede  Executive  from  (i)  exercising  protected  rights  to  the  extent  that  such  rights 
cannot be waived by agreement or (ii) complying with any applicable law or regulation or a valid 
order of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized government agency, provided that such 
compliance does not exceed that required by the law, regulation, or order. Executive must promptly 
provide written notice of any such compliance to the Bank. 

(g) 

Equitable Remedies. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this 
Section 6, in view of the nature of the business in which the Bank is engaged, are reasonable and 
necessary in order to protect the legitimate business interests of the Bank and its affiliates. The 
Bank and Executive acknowledge and agree that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions 
of this Section 6 would cause irreparable injury and that a remedy at law would be inadequate. 
Therefore, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Executive of any provision of this 
Section 6, the Bank is entitled to an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent 
jurisdiction restraining Executive from the commission of such breach without any bond or other 
security being required and without the necessity of showing actual damages, and to recover its 
attorneys' fees, costs, and expenses related to the breach or threatened breach. Nothing contained 
herein should be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to 
it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of money damages. The covenants 
and disclosures in this Agreement must be construed as independent of any other provisions in this 
Agreement,  and  the  existence  of  any  claim  or  cause  of  action  by  Executive  against  the  Bank, 

8 

 
whether  predicated  on  this  Agreement  or  otherwise  does  not  constitute  a  defense  to  the 
enforcement by the Bank of such covenants and agreements. 

7. 

Miscellaneous 

(a) 

No  Conflicts.  Executive  represents  and  warrants  that  (i)  entering  into  and 
performing under this Agreement will not violate any contract to which Executive is a party; (ii) 
Executive is not party to any contract or subject to any restrictions that would impair his ability to 
fully perform under this Agreement; (iii) entering into and performing under this Agreement will 
not breach or give rise to any cause of action against Executive or the Bank under the terms of any 
contract to which he is a party; (iv) Executive has disclosed to the Bank any restrictive covenants 
(including  noncompetition,  nonsolicitation,  and  confidentiality)  applicable  to  him  under  any 
contract to which he is or was a party. 

(b) 

Assignment. The services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement are 
unique and personal, and Executive may not assign any of Executive's rights or delegate any of 
Executive's  duties  under  this  Agreement.  Except  as  provided  in  the  immediately  preceding 
sentence,  this  Agreement  shall  benefit  Executive  and  Executive's  heirs  and  personal 
representatives. The Bank may freely assign its obligations hereunder to any affiliate or any entity 
into which the Bank merges or consolidates or to which the Bank transfers all or substantially all 
of its assets. 

(c) 

Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable. If any provision of 
this  Agreement  or  application  thereof  is  determined  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  be 
invalid,  illegal,  or  otherwise  unenforceable  (in  whole  or  in  part),  the  validity,  legality,  or 
enforceability  of  all  other  applications  of  that  provision,  and  of  all  other  provisions  and 
applications  of  this  Agreement,  will  not  in  any  way  be  affected.  Such  invalid,  illegal,  or 
unenforceable provision or application will be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement, and this 
Agreement  will  then  be  enforced  to  the  maximum  extent  allowed  by  applicable  law.  If  any 
provision of this Agreement is invalid in part or in whole, it will be deemed to have been amended, 
whether as to time, area covered or otherwise, as and to the extent required for its validity under 
applicable law and, as so amended, will be enforceable. 

(d) 

Notices. Any notice or consent required or permitted hereunder shall be deemed to 
have been given when hand-delivered, three business days after mailing by certified mail, postage 
prepaid and  return-receipt  requested,  one business  day  after  mailing by  a recognized  overnight 
carrier, or upon confirmation of delivery by electronic mail, in each case to the intended recipient 
at the following address (or at such other address as either party may notify the other): 

If to the Bank: 

Dana Dunbar 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 

Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB 300 N. Water Street 

9 

 
PO Box 545 
Salem, Indiana 47167 

With a copy (which does not constitute notice) to: Attn:  R. James Straus 
Frost Brown Todd LLC 
400 West Market Street, Suite 3200 Louisville, Kentucky 40202 

If to Executive: 

Alexander G. Babey 
3690 E Hwy 146 
LaGrange, Ky 40031 

(e) 

Governing  Law:  Venue:  Consent  to  Jurisdiction.  This  Agreement  shall  be 
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana without regard to its 
conflicts of laws principles to the extent they would require or permit the application of the laws 
of any other jurisdiction. Subject to Section 6(g), each of the parties irrevocably agrees that any 
legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought and 
determined  in  any  Indiana  state or federal  court  located  in  (or  nearest  to)  Washington  County, 
Indiana (or if such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, in any appropriate Indiana state or federal 
court), and each of the parties irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive personal jurisdiction of the 
aforesaid  courts,  generally  and  unconditionally,  with  regard  to  any  such  action  or  proceeding 
arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Each of the parties further agrees to accept 
service of process in any manner permitted by such courts. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably 
and  unconditionally  waives,  and  agrees  not  to  assert,  by  way  of  motion  or  as  a  defense, 
counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this 
Agreement, (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named 
courts for any reason other than the failure lawfully to serve process, (b) that it or its property is 
exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in 
any such court (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid 
of  execution  of  judgment,  execution  of  judgment  or  otherwise)  and  (c)  to  the  fullest  extent 
permitted  by  law,  that  (i)  the  suit,  action  or  proceeding  in  any  such  court  is  brought  in  an 
inconvenient forum, (ii) the venue or forum of such suit, action or proceeding is improper or (iii) 
this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by any such court. 

(f) 

Non-Waiver. A waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be in writing, and 
no such waiver will constitute a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, whether or not 
similar.  No  failure to  enforce  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  may  be treated  as  or  deemed  a 
waiver of such provision. No waiver or consent will constitute a continuing waiver or consent or 

10 

 
 
 
commit any party to provide a waiver in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in 
writing. 

(g) 

Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the  entire  understanding  and 
agreement  between,  and  supersedes  all  other  agreements,  understandings  and  communications 
between the Bank or any of its affiliates and Executive. There are no other agreements, conditions 
or representations, oral or written, expressed or implied with regard thereto. This Agreement may 
be amended only in writing, signed by both parties. 

(h) 

Headings.  The  headings  in  this  Agreement  have  been  inserted  solely  for 
convenience of reference and shall not be considered in the interpretation or construction of this 
Agreement. 

(i) 

Construction of Terms: Pronouns and Number. For avoidance of doubt, references 
in this Agreement to Executive's termination of employment include a termination by the Bank, 
Executive's resignation, the end of Executive's employment due to nonrenewal of this Agreement, 
or  any  other  event  that  causes  Executive's  employment  to  end  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this 
Agreement.  Wherever  from  the  context  it  appears  appropriate,  each  term  stated  in  either  the 
singular  or  the  plural  includes  the  singular  and  the  plural,  and  pronouns  stated  in  either  the 
masculine, feminine, or neuter gender includes the masculine, feminine, and neuter gender. 

(j) 

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed any number of counterparts, each 
of which is deemed an original but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. 
This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission. 

(k) 

Payments.  All  amounts  payable  under  this  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  such 
deductions and withholdings as the Bank reasonably determines should be withheld pursuant to 
any applicable law or regulation. 

(l) 

Survival. All provisions of this Agreement that by their nature should survive any 
expiration  or  termination  of  this  Agreement  will  so  survive,  including  without  limitation  the 
restrictive covenants contained in Section 6. 

(m) 

Tax Matters. 

(i) 

Intent  to  Comply.  Executive  and  the  Bank  agree  and  confirm  that  this 
Agreement  is  intended  by  both  parties  to  provide  for  compensation  that  is  exempt  from  Code 
Section 409A as a short-term deferral or that does not constitute "deferred compensation" within 
the  meaning  of  Code  Section  409A.  This  Agreement  shall  be  interpreted,  construed,  and 
administered in accordance with this agreed intent; provided that the Bank does not promise or 
warrant  any  tax  treatment  of  compensation  hereunder.  Executive  is  responsible  for  obtaining 
advice  regarding  all  questions  as  to  federal,  state,  local  income,  estate,  payroll,  or  other  tax 
consequences  arising  under  this  Agreement.  In  the  event  provisions  of  this  Agreement  do  not 
comply with Code Section 409A, Executive and the Bank agree to use reasonable business efforts 
to amend this Agreement as necessary to bring it into compliance with Code Section 409A while, 

11 

 
to the largest extent possible, maintaining the economic interests hereunder of both parties. This 
Agreement  shall  not  be  amended  or  terminated  in  a  manner  that  would  accelerate  or  delay 
payments except as permitted under Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A. 

(ii) 

Specified  Employee.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Agreement  to  the 
contrary,  if  Executive  is  a  "specified  employee"  within  the  meaning  of  Treasury  Regulation 
Section 1.409A-  I(i)  (or  any  successor thereto)  on  Executive's  termination  of employment, any 
payments  hereunder  triggered  by  Executive's  termination  of  employment  and  that  are  not 
separation  pay  under  Treasury  Regulations  Section  l.409A-l  (b)(9),  short-term  deferral  pay,  or 
otherwise exempt from Code Section 409A, shall not begin to be paid until the earlier to occur of 
Executive's  death  or  the  date  that  is  six  months  and  one  day  after  Executive's  termination  of 
employment , and at that time, Executive will receive in one lump sum payment all of the severance 
payment that would have been paid to Executive during the first six months following Executive's 
termination of employment. The Bank will determine, consistent with any guidance issued under 
Code Section 409A, the portion of severance payments that are required to be delayed, if any. 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows] 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Executive and the Bank 
have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above. 

 /s/ Alexander G. Babey 
Alexander G. Babey 

MID-SOUTHERN SAVINGS BANK, FSB 

 By: /s/ Dana Dunbar 
  Dana Dunbar, Chairman 

Signature Page to Alexander G. Babey Executive Employment Agreement 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 

WHEREAS,  Alexander  G.  Babey  and  Mid-Southern  Savings  Bank,  FSB  are  parties  to  an 
employment agreement dated October 1, 2016 (the “Agreement”); and 

WHEREAS, Mid-Southern, M.H.C. is undertaking a the second step conversion from mutual to 
stock  form,  which  necessitates  the amendment  of  the  change  in  control  provision  contained  in 
Section 4 of the Agreement; and 

WHEREAS, the Agreement may be amended by a writing signed by both parties. 

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows: 

1. 

Section 4(a)(vi) should be revised to read as follows, to be effective immediately 

prior to the second step conversion: 

(vi) 

 For  all  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  a  "Change  in  Control"  of  the  Bank 
means (A) an event or series of events that have the effect of any "person" as such term is used in 
Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), 
other than any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under any employee 
benefit plan of the Company or the Bank, becoming the "beneficial owner" as defined in Rule 13d-
3  under  the  Exchange  Act,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of  the  Company  or  the  Bank 
representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then-outstanding stock; (B) 
during  any  period  of  two  consecutive  years,  individuals  who  at  the  beginning  of  such  period 
constitute  the  board  of  directors  of the  Company  cease  for  any  reason  to  constitute  a  majority 
thereof,  unless  the  election,  or  the  nomination  for  election  by  the  stockholders,  of  each  new 
Company director was approved by the vote of at least two-thirds of the Company’s directors then 
still in office who were Company directors at the beginning of the period; or (C) the shareholders 
of the Company approving a definitive agreement to merge or consolidate the Company with or 
into another company (other  than  a merger  or consolidation that  would  result  in the  holders of 
voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continuing to 
hold (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving 
entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or 
such  surviving  entity  outstanding  immediately  after  such  transaction)  or  to  sell  or  otherwise 
transfer  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Company's  assets  or  to  adopt  a  plan  of  liquidation. 
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  term  "Change  in  Control"  shall  not  include  a  second  step 
conversion where Mid-Southern, M.H.C. converts from mutual to stock form in connection with 
a second step conversion where shares of Mid-Southern Bancorp are sold to the public and such 
shares are also issued in an exchange offering to existing stockholders of the Bank. 

2. 

 Any provision of the Agreement inconsistent with the foregoing amendment shall 
be  deemed  amended  to  be  consistent  therewith,  and  the  Agreement  shall  be  interpreted 
accordingly. 

14 

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties have executed 
this amendment to the Agreement as of the date set forth above. 

EXECUTIVE 

 /s/ Alexander G. Babey 
Alexander G. Babey 

MID-SOUTHERN SAVINGS BANK, FSB 

By: 

/s/ Dana J. Dunbar 
Dana J. Dunbar, Chairman 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIRST AMENDMENT 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 

This  is  the  First  Amendment  (the  “Amendment”)  dated  as  of  February  1,  2018  to  the 
Executive Employment Agreement dated as of October 1, 2016 (the “Agreement”) between Mid-
Southern Savings Bank, FSB (the “Bank”) and Alexander G. Babey (“Executive”). 

1. 

The Agreement is hereby amended so that the “Effective Date” as that term is used 
in  the  Agreement  is  February  1,  2018.  Unless  earlier  terminated  pursuant  to  Section  5  of  the 
Agreement, the initial term of the Agreement begins on the new Effective Date and ends on the 
three-year anniversary of the new Effective Date. 

2. 

All other terms of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Executive and the 

Bank have executed this Amendment as of February 1, 2018. 

 /s/ Alexander G. Babey 
Alexander G. Babey 

MID-SOUTHERN SAVINGS BANK, FSB 

By: 

/s/ Dana Dunbar 
Dana Dunbar, Chairman 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECOND AMENDMENT 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 

This  is  an  Amendment  (“Amendment”)  to  the  Executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  and 
effective October 1, 2016 between Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB (the “Bank”) and Alexander 
G.  Babey  (“Executive”),  (“Employment  Agreement”).    This  Amendment  is  effective  as  of 
January 1, 2021. 

WHEREAS,  Executive  is  employed  by  the  Bank,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Employment 
Agreement; 

WHEREAS, according to Section 1 of the Employment Agreement, at the end of the initial term 
of  the  Employment  Agreement  and  any  subsequent  term,  the  Employment  Agreement  is 
automatically  extended  for  successive  12-month  periods,  unless  either  party  gives  notice  of 
nonrenewal at least 60 days in advance of the expiration of the initial term or a subsequent term; 
and 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Employment Agreement so that automatic renewal 
after the expiration of a term is for a period of 36 months instead of 12 months. 

NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual  covenants  and 
undertakings hereinafter set forth, the Bank and Executive agree as follows: 

1.  Effective as of January 1, 2021, Section 1 of the Employment Agreement is deleted in its 

entirety and replaced with the following: 

1. 

Employment and Term 

The  Bank  will  employ  Executive  as  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and 
Executive accepts the employment, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Unless 
earlier terminated pursuant to Section 5, the initial term of this Agreement begins on the Effective 
Date  and  ends  on  the  three-year  anniversary  of  the  Effective  Date;  thereafter,  the  term  of  this 
Agreement  will  automatically  be  extended  for additional  36-month  periods  unless  the  Bank  or 
Executive gives a notice of non-extension to the other party at least 60 days before the end of the 
initial term or the then-current 36-month period. The "Term" of this Agreement is the initial term 
together with all 36-month extensions. The Term will end upon the termination of this Agreement 
by one or more of the parties hereto. 

[signatures on next page] 

17 

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first 
set forth below. 

MID-SOUTHERN SAVINGS BANK, FSB 

By: 

/s/ Dana Dunbar 
Dana Dunbar, Chairman 

Date: January 28, 2021 

ALEXANDER G. BABEY 

/s/ Alexander G. Babey 
Alexander G. Babey 

Date: January 28, 2021 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.7 

MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 
2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT 

ISO No. 

Grant Date: 

This Incentive Stock Option Award (“ISO”) is granted by Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 

(“Corporation”) to [Name] (“Option Holder”) in accordance with the terms of this Incentive Stock Option 
Award Agreement (“Agreement”) and subject to the provisions of the Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 2019 
Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (“Plan”).  The Plan is incorporated herein by 
reference. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

ISO Award.  The Corporation grants to Option Holder ISOs to purchase [Number] Shares at an 
Exercise Price of $[Number] per Share.  These ISOs are subject to forfeiture until they vest and 
to limits on transferability, as provided in Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement and in Article V of 
the Plan. 

Vesting Dates.  The ISOs shall vest as follows, subject to earlier vesting in the event of a 
termination of Service as provided in Section 6 or a Change in Control as provided in Section 7: 

Vesting Date 

ISOs for 
Number of Shares Vesting 

Exercise.  The Option Holder (or in the case of the death of the Option Holder, the designated 
legal representative or heir of the Option Holder) may exercise the ISOs during the Exercise 
Period by giving written notice to the [____________________] [include appropriate officer] in 
the form required by the Committee (“Exercise Notice”).  The Exercise Notice must specify the 
number of Shares to be purchased, which shall be at least 100 unless fewer shares remain 
unexercised.  The exercise date is the date the Exercise Notice is received by the Corporation.  
The Exercise Period commences on the Vesting Date and expires at 5:00 p.m., EST on the date 
10 years [five years for over 10% owners of Corporation on the Grant Date] after the Grant 
Date, such later time and date being hereinafter referred to as the “Expiration Date,” subject to 
earlier expiration in the event of a termination of Service as provided in Section 6.  Any ISOs not 
exercised as of the close of business on the last day of the Exercise Period shall be cancelled 
without consideration at that time.   

The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Exercise Price for the Shares 
being purchased.  Payment shall be made: (a) in cash, which may be in the form of a check, 
money order, cashier's check or certified check, payable to the Corporation, or (b) by delivering 
Shares of the Corporation already owned by the Option Holder having a Fair Market Value on the 
exercise date equal to the aggregate Exercise Price to be paid, or (c) by instructing the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

Corporation to withhold Shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise having an aggregate Fair 
Market Value on the exercise date equal to the aggregate Exercise Price to be paid or (d) by a 
combination of thereof.  Payment for the Shares being purchased upon exercise of the Option 
may also be made by delivering a properly executed Exercise Notice to the Corporation, together 
with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Corporation the 
amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the aggregate Exercise Price and applicable tax 
withholding amounts (if any), in which event the Shares acquired shall be delivered to the broker 
promptly following receipt of payment. 

Related Awards.  These ISOs are not related to any other Award under the Plan.  

Transferability.  The Option Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber 
any ISOs, except in the event of the Option Holder’s death, by will or by the laws of descent and 
distribution or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order. 

Termination of Service.  If the Option Holder terminates Service for any reason other than in 
connection with a Change in Control or the death or Disability of the Option Holder, any ISOs 
that have not vested as of the date of that termination shall be forfeited to the Corporation, and the 
Exercise Period of any vested ISOs shall expire three months after that termination of Service 
(but in no event after the Expiration Date), except where that termination of Service is due to 
Retirement, in which case the Exercise Period of any vested ISOs shall expire one year after that 
termination of Service (but in no event after the Expiration Date), or in the case of a Termination 
for Cause, in which case all ISOs held by the Option Holder shall expire immediately.  If the 
Option Holder’s Service terminates on account of the Option Holder’s death or Disability, the 
Vesting Date for all ISOs that have not vested or been forfeited shall be accelerated to the date of 
that termination of Service, and the Exercise Period of all ISOs shall expire one year after that 
termination of Service (but in no event after the Expiration Date).  [Post-termination exercise 
period may be modified at Committee’s election except with respect to a Termination for 
Cause.] 

Effect of Change in Control.  In accordance with Plan Section 5.5(b)(iii), if a Change in Control 
occurs and the Participant experiences an Involuntary Separation from Service other than a 
Termination for Cause during the 365-day period following the date of such Change in Control, 
then the Vesting Date for any non-vested ISO will be accelerated to the date of the Participant’s 
Involuntary Separation from Service (unless the acquirer does not assume the outstanding ISOs or 
replaces them with a benefit that the Committee determines to be of equivalent value, in which 
case any nonvested ISOs will be become vested upon the effective date of the Change in 
Control). 

Option Holder’s Rights.  The ISOs awarded hereby do not entitle the Option Holder to any 
rights of a stockholder of the Corporation. 

Delivery of Shares to Option Holder.  Promptly after receipt of an Exercise Notice and full 
payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being acquired, the Corporation shall issue and 
deliver to the Option Holder (or other person validly exercising the ISO) a certificate or 
certificates representing the Shares of Common Stock being purchased, or evidence of the 
issuance of such Shares in book-entry form, registered in the name of the Option Holder (or such 
other person), or, upon request, in the name of the Option Holder (or such other person) and in 
the name of another person in such form of joint ownership as requested by the Option Holder (or 
such other person) pursuant to applicable state law.  The Corporation’s obligation to deliver a 

-2- 

 
stock certificate or evidence of the issuance of Shares in book-entry form for Shares purchased 
upon the exercise of an ISO can be conditioned upon the receipt of a representation of investment 
intent from the Option Holder (or the Option Holder’s Beneficiary) in such form as the 
Committee requires.  The Corporation shall not be required to deliver stock certificates or 
evidence of the issuance of Shares in book-entry form for Shares purchased prior to: (a) the 
listing of those Shares on the Nasdaq; or (b) the completion of any registration or qualification of 
those Shares required under applicable law. 

Notice of Sale of Shares.  The Option Holder (or other person who received Shares from the 
exercise of the ISOs) shall give written notice to the Corporation promptly in the event of 
the sale or other disposition of Shares received from the exercise of the ISOs within either: 
(a) two years from the Grant Date; or (b) one year from the exercise date for the ISOs 
exercised.   

Adjustments in Shares.  In the event of any recapitalization, forward or reverse stock split, 
reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, exchange of Shares or other 
securities, stock dividend, special or recurring dividend or distribution, liquidation, dissolution or 
other similar corporate transaction or event, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall adjust the 
number of Shares or class of securities of the Corporation covered by the ISOs or the Exercise 
Price of the ISOs.  The Option Holder agrees to execute any documents required by the 
Committee in connection with an adjustment under this Section 11. 

Tax Withholding.  The Corporation shall have the right to require the Option Holder to pay to 
the Corporation the amount of any tax that the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to 
such Shares, or in lieu thereof, to retain or sell without notice, a sufficient number of Shares to 
cover the minimum amount required to be withheld, provided, however, that (a) no Shares are 
withheld with a value exceeding the maximum amount of tax that may be required to be withheld 
by law (or such other amount as may be permitted while still avoiding classification of the ISO as 
a liability for financial accounting purposes), and (b) with respect to an ISO held by any 
Participant who is subject to the filing requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any such 
share withholding must be specifically approved by the Compensation Committee as the 
applicable method that must be used to satisfy the tax withholding obligation or such share 
withholding procedure must otherwise satisfy the requirements for an exempt transaction under 
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from all 
dividends paid with respect to the Shares the amount of any taxes that the Corporation is required 
to withhold with respect to such dividend payments. 

Plan and Committee Decisions are Controlling.  This Agreement, the award of ISOs to the 
Option Holder and the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of the ISOs are subject in all respects 
to the provisions of the Plan, which are controlling.  Capitalized terms herein not defined in this 
Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.  All decisions, determinations 
and interpretations by the Committee respecting the Plan, this Agreement, the award of ISOs or 
the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of the ISOs shall be binding and conclusive upon the 
Option Holder, any Beneficiary of the Option Holder or the legal representative thereof. 

Option Holder’s Employment.  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of the 
Corporation or any of its Affiliates to terminate the Option Holder’s service or employment as a 
director, advisory director, director emeritus, officer or employee, or otherwise impose upon the 
Corporation or any of its Affiliates any obligation to employ or accept the services or 
employment of the Option Holder. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

-3- 

 
15. 

16. 

Amendment.  The Committee may waive any conditions of or rights of the Corporation or 
modify or amend the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Committee may not 
amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any provision of this Agreement if such action 
may adversely affect the Option Holder without the Option Holder’s written consent.  To the 
extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the Committee shall have the authority, in its 
sole discretion but with the permission of the Option Holder, to accelerate the vesting of the 
Shares or remove any other restrictions imposed on the Option Holder with respect to the Shares, 
whenever the Committee may determine that such action is appropriate. 

Loss of ISO Status.  If any of the ISOs fail, for any reason, to qualify for the special tax 
treatment afforded the ISOs, they shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options under 
the Plan.  The ISOs will lose ISO status: (a) if the Option Holder is not an employee of the 
Corporation or its Affiliates from the Grant date through the date three months before the 
exercise date; or (b) if the Shares acquired upon the exercise of the ISO are sold or disposed 
of within one of the time periods described in Section 10.   

17. 

Option Holder Acceptance.  The Option Holder shall signify acceptance of the terms and 
conditions of this Agreement and acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan by signing in the 
space provided below and returning the signed copy to the Corporation. 

-4- 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed 

as of the date first above written. 

MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 

By 

Its 

ACCEPTED BY OPTION HOLDER 

(Signature) 

(Print Name) 

(Street Address) 

(City, State & Zip Code) 

-5- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 

2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT 

NQSO No. 

Grant Date: 

This Non-Qualified Stock Option Award (“NQSO”) is granted by Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
(“Corporation”) to [Name] (“Option Holder”) in accordance with the terms of this Non-Qualified Stock 
Option Award Agreement (“Agreement”) and subject to the provisions of the Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (“Plan”).  The Plan is incorporated herein by 
reference. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

NQSO Award.  The Corporation grants to Option Holder NQSOs to purchase [Number] Shares 
at an Exercise Price of $[Number] per Share.  These NQSOs are subject to forfeiture and to limits 
on transferability until they vest, as provided in Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement and in Article 
V of the Plan. 

Vesting Dates.  The NQSOs shall vest as follows, subject to earlier vesting in the event of a 
termination of Service as provided in Section 6: 

Vesting Date 

NQSOs for 
Number of Shares Vesting 

Exercise.  The Option Holder (or in the case of the death of the Option Holder, the designated 
legal representative or heir of the Option Holder) may exercise the NQSOs during the Exercise 
Period by giving written notice to the [_________________] [include appropriate officer] in the 
form required by the Committee (“Exercise Notice”).  The Exercise Notice must specify the 
number of Shares to be purchased, which shall be at least 100 unless fewer shares remain 
unexercised.  The exercise date is the date the Exercise Notice is received by the Corporation.  
The Exercise Period commences on the Vesting Date and expires at 5:00 p.m., EST, on the date 
10 years after the Grant Date, such later time and date being hereinafter referred to as the 
“Expiration Date,” subject to earlier expiration in the event of a termination of Service as 
provided in Section 6.  Any NQSOs not exercised as of the close of business on the last day of the 
Exercise Period shall be cancelled without consideration at that time. 

The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Exercise Price for the Shares 
being purchased.  Payment shall be made: (a) in cash, which may be in the form of a check, 
money order, cashier's check or certified check, payable to the Corporation, or (b) by delivering 
Shares of the Corporation already owned by the Option Holder having a Fair Market Value on the 

-1- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exercise date equal to the aggregate Exercise Price to be paid, or (c) by instructing the 
Corporation to withhold Shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise having an aggregate Fair 
Market Value on the exercise date equal to the aggregate Exercise Price to be paid or (d) by a 
combination thereof.  Payment for the Shares being purchased upon exercise of the Option may 
also be made by delivering a properly executed Exercise Notice to the Corporation, together with 
a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Corporation the amount 
of sale or loan proceeds to pay the aggregate Exercise Price and applicable tax withholding 
amounts (if any), in which event the Shares acquired shall be delivered to the broker promptly 
following receipt of payment. 

Related Awards:  These NQSOs are not related to any other Award under the Plan. 

Transferability.  The Option Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber 
any NQSOs, except in the event of the Option Holder’s death, by will or by the laws of descent 
and distribution or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order.  The Committee, in its sole and 
absolute discretion, may allow the Option Holder to transfer one or more NQSOs to the Option 
Holder’s Family Members, as provided in the Plan.   

Termination of Service.  If the Option Holder terminates Service for any reason other than in 
connection with a Change in Control or the death or Disability of the Option Holder, any NQSOs 
that have not vested as of the date of that termination shall be forfeited to the Corporation, and the 
Exercise Period of any vested NQSOs shall expire three months after that termination of Service 
(but in no event after the Expiration Date), except where that termination of Service is due to 
Retirement, in which case the Exercise Period of any vested NQSOs shall expire one year after 
that termination of Service (but in no event after the Expiration Date), or in the case of a 
Termination for Cause, in which case all NQSOs held by the Option Holder shall expire 
immediately.  If the Option Holder’s Service terminates on account of the Option Holder’s death 
or Disability, the Vesting Date for all NQSOs that have not vested or been forfeited shall be 
accelerated to the date of that termination of Service, and the Exercise Period of all NQSOs shall 
expire one year after that termination of Service (but in no event after the Expiration Date). [Post-
termination exercise period may be modified at Committee’s election except with respect to a 
Termination for Cause.] 

Effect of Change in Control.  In accordance with Plan Section 5.5(b)(iii), if a Change in Control 
occurs and the Participant experiences an Involuntary Separation from Service other than a 
Termination for Cause during the 365-day period following the date of such Change in Control, 
then the Vesting Date for any non-vested NQSO will be accelerated to the date of the 
Participant’s Involuntary Separation from Service (unless the acquirer does not assume the 
outstanding NQSOs or replaces them with a benefit that the Committee determines to be of 
equivalent value, in which case any nonvested NQSOs will be become vested upon the effective 
date of the Change in Control). 

Option Holder’s Rights.  The NQSOs awarded hereby do not entitle the Option Holder to any 
rights of a shareholder of the Corporation. 

Delivery of Shares to Option Holder.  Promptly after receipt of an Exercise Notice and full 
payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being acquired, the Corporation shall issue and 
deliver to the Option Holder (or other person validly exercising the NQSO) a certificate or 
certificates representing the Shares of Common Stock being purchased, or evidence of the 
issuance of such Shares in book-entry form, registered in the name of the Option Holder (or such 

-2- 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

 
other person), or, upon request, in the name of the Option Holder (or such other person) and in 
the name of another person in such form of joint ownership as requested by the Option Holder (or 
such other person) pursuant to applicable state law.  The Corporation’s obligation to deliver a 
stock certificate or evidence of the issuance of Shares in book-entry form for Shares purchased 
upon the exercise of an NQSO can be conditioned upon the receipt of a representation of 
investment intent from the Option Holder (or the Option Holder’s Beneficiary) in such form as 
the Committee requires.  The Corporation shall not be required to deliver stock certificates or 
evidence of the issuance of Shares in book-entry form for Shares purchased prior to: (a) the 
listing of those Shares on the Nasdaq; or (b) the completion of any registration or qualification of 
those Shares required under applicable law. 

Adjustments in Shares.  In the event of any recapitalization, forward or reverse stock split, 
reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, exchange of Shares or other 
securities, stock dividend, special or recurring dividend or distribution, liquidation, dissolution or 
other similar corporate transaction or event, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall adjust the 
number of Shares or class of securities of the Corporation covered by the NQSOs or the Exercise 
Price of the NQSOs.  The Option Holder agrees to execute any documents required by the 
Committee in connection with an adjustment under this Section 10. 

Tax Withholding.  The Corporation shall have the right to require the Option Holder to pay to 
the Corporation the amount of any tax that the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to 
such Shares, or in lieu thereof, to retain or sell without notice, a sufficient number of Shares to 
cover the minimum amount required to be withheld , provided, however, that (a) no Shares are 
withheld with a value exceeding the maximum amount of tax that may be required to be withheld 
by law (or such other amount as may be permitted while still avoiding classification of the NQSO 
as a liability for financial accounting purposes), and (b) with respect to an NQSO held by any 
Participant who is subject to the filing requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any such 
share withholding must be specifically approved by the Compensation Committee as the 
applicable method that must be used to satisfy the tax withholding obligation or such share 
withholding procedure must otherwise satisfy the requirements for an exempt transaction under 
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from all 
dividends paid with respect to the Shares the amount of any taxes that the Corporation is required 
to withhold with respect to such dividend payments. 

Plan and Committee Decisions are Controlling.  This Agreement, the award of NQSOs to the 
Option Holder and the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of the NQSOs are subject in all 
respects to the provisions of the Plan, which are controlling.  Capitalized terms herein not defined 
in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.  All decisions, 
determinations and interpretations by the Committee respecting the Plan, this Agreement, the 
award of NQSOs or the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of the NQSOs shall be binding and 
conclusive upon the Option Holder, any Beneficiary of the Option Holder or the legal 
representative thereof. 

Option Holder’s Employment.  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of the 
Corporation or any of its Affiliates to terminate the Option Holder’s service or employment as a 
director, advisory director, director emeritus, officer or employee, or otherwise impose upon the 
Corporation or any of its Affiliates any obligation to employ or accept the services or 
employment of the Option Holder. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

Amendment.  The Committee may waive any conditions of or rights of the Corporation or 
modify or amend the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Committee may not 

-3- 

 
amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any provision of this Agreement if such action 
may adversely affect the Option Holder without the Option Holder’s written consent.  To the 
extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the Committee shall have the authority, in its 
sole discretion but with the permission of the Option Holder, to accelerate the vesting of the 
Shares or remove any other restrictions imposed on the Option Holder with respect to the Shares, 
whenever the Committee may determine that such action is appropriate. 

15. 

Option Holder Acceptance.  The Option Holder shall signify acceptance of the terms and 
conditions of this Agreement and acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan by signing in the 
space provided below and returning the signed copy to the Corporation. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed 

as of the date first above written. 

MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 

By 

Its 

ACCEPTED BY OPTION HOLDER 

(Signature) 

(Print Name) 

(Street Address) 

(City, State & Zip Code) 

-4- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.8 

MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 

2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT 

RS No. 

Grant Date: 

This Restricted Stock Award (“Restricted Stock Award”) is granted by Mid-Southern Bancorp, 
Inc. (“Corporation”) to [Name] (“Grantee”) in accordance with the terms of this Restricted Stock Award 
Agreement (“Agreement”) and subject to the provisions of the Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 2019 Equity 
Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (“Plan”).  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. 

1. 

Restricted Stock Award.  The Corporation makes this Restricted Stock Award of [Number] 
Shares to Grantee [in exchange for a payment of $________].  These Shares are subject to 
forfeiture and to limits on transferability until they vest, as provided in Sections 2, 3 and 4 of this 
Agreement and in Article VI of the Plan. 

2. 

Vesting Dates:  The Shares shall vest as follows: 

Vesting Date 

Number of Shares Vesting 

3. 

4. 

5. 

Transferability.  The Grantee may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber any 
Shares that have not vested, except in the event of the Grantee’s death, by will or by the laws of 
descent and distribution or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order.  The Committee, in its sole 
and absolute discretion, may allow the Grantee to transfer all or any portion of this Restricted 
Stock Award to the Grantee’s Family Members, as provided in the Plan.   

Termination of Service.  If the Grantee terminates Service for any reason other than in 
connection with a Change in Control or the death or Disability of the Grantee, any Shares that 
have not vested as of the date of that termination shall be forfeited to the Corporation.  If the 
Grantee’s Service terminates on account of the Grantee’s death or Disability, the Vesting Date for 
all Shares that have not vested or been forfeited shall be accelerated to the date of that termination 
of Service. 

Effect of Change in Control.  In accordance with Plan Section 6.2(b)(iii), if a Change in Control 
occurs and the Participant experiences an Involuntary Separation from Service other than a 
Termination for Cause during the 365-day period following the date of such Change in Control, 
then the Vesting Date for any non-vested Shares will become vested on the date of the 
Participant’s Involuntary Separation from Service (unless the acquirer does not assume the 
outstanding Shares or replaces them with a benefit that the Committee determines to be of 
equivalent value, in which case any nonvested Shares will be become vested upon the effective 
date of the Change in Control). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

Stock Power.  The Grantee agrees to execute a stock power with respect to each stock certificate 
reflecting the Shares, or other evidence of book-entry stock ownership, in favor of the 
Corporation.  The Shares shall not be issued by the Corporation until the required stock powers 
are delivered to the Corporation. 

Delivery of Shares.  The Corporation shall issue stock certificates or evidence of the issuance of 
such Shares in book-entry form, in the name of the Grantee reflecting the Shares vesting on each 
Vesting Date in Section 2.  The Corporation shall retain these certificates or evidence of the 
issuance of Shares in book-entry form until the Shares represented thereby become vested.  Prior 
to vesting, the Shares shall be subject to the following restriction, communicated in writing to the 
Corporation’s stock transfer agent: 

These shares of common stock are subject to the terms of an Award 
Agreement between Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. and [NAME] dated 
[GRANT DATE] made pursuant to the terms of the Mid-Southern 
Bancorp, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, copies of which are on file at 
the executive offices of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc., and may not be 
sold, encumbered, hypothecated or otherwise transferred except in 
accordance with the terms of such Plan and Award Agreement. 

Grantee’s Rights Regarding Dividends and Voting.  Any dividends declared and paid with 
respect to Shares that are subject to this Agreement shall be held by the Company on behalf of the 
Grantee until the Grantee vests in those Shares, as provided for in the Plan.  If the Grantee vests 
in Shares, then the held dividends related to those Shares shall be paid to the Grantee or the 
Grantee’s Beneficiary in a lump sum, without interest, within thirty (30) days following the 
applicable Vesting Date.  If the Grantee does not vest in Shares, then the Grantee shall 
immediately forfeit his or her interest in the held dividends related to those Shares. The Grantee 
may exercise all voting rights appurtenant to the Shares.  

Delivery of Shares to Grantee.  Upon the vesting of any Shares, the restrictions in Sections 3 
and 4 shall terminate, and the Corporation shall deliver only to the Grantee (or, if applicable, the 
Grantee’s Beneficiary, estate or Family Member) a certificate (without the legend referenced in 
Section 7) or evidence of the issuance of Shares in book-entry form, and the related stock power 
in respect of the vesting Shares.  The Corporation’s obligation to deliver a stock certificate for 
vested Shares, or evidence of the issuance of Shares in book-entry form, can be conditioned upon 
the receipt of a representation of investment intent from the Grantee (or the Grantee’s 
Beneficiary, estate or Family Member) in such form as the Committee requires.  The Corporation 
shall not be required to deliver stock certificates for vested Shares, or evidence of the issuance of 
Shares in book-entry form, prior to: (a) the listing of those Shares on the Nasdaq; or (b) the 
completion of any registration or qualification of those Shares required under applicable law. 

10. 

Adjustments in Shares.  In the event of any recapitalization, forward or reverse stock split, 
reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, exchange of Shares or other 
securities, stock dividend, special or recurring dividend or distribution, liquidation, dissolution or 
other similar corporate transaction or event, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall adjust the 
number of Shares or class of securities of the Corporation covered by this Agreement.  Any 
additional Shares or other securities received by the Grantee as a result of any such adjustment 
shall be subject to all restrictions and requirements applicable to Shares that have not vested.  The 
Grantee agrees to execute any documents required by the Committee in connection with an 
adjustment under this Section 10. 

-2- 

 
11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

Tax Election.  The Grantee understands that an election may be made under Section 83(b) 
of the Code to accelerate the Grantee’s tax obligation with respect to receipt of the Shares 
from the Vesting Dates to the Grant Date by timely submitting an election to the Internal 
Revenue Service substantially in the form attached hereto (or in accordance with the 
Internal Revenue Service rules in effect at the time the election is made, e.g., electronically).  
This election shall not accelerate when dividends related to those Shares will be paid.  

Tax Withholding.  The Corporation shall have the right to require the Grantee to pay to the 
Corporation the amount of any tax that the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to 
such Shares, or in lieu thereof, to retain or sell without notice, a sufficient number of Shares to 
cover the minimum amount required to be withheld, provided, however, that (a) no Shares are 
withheld with a value exceeding the maximum amount of tax that may be required to be withheld 
by law (or such other amount as may be permitted while still avoiding classification of the 
Restricted Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes), and (b) with respect to a 
Restricted Stock Award held by any Participant who is subject to the filing requirements of 
Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any such share withholding must be specifically approved by the 
Compensation Committee as the applicable method that must be used to satisfy the tax 
withholding obligation or such share withholding procedure must otherwise satisfy the 
requirements for an exempt transaction under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.  The 
Corporation shall have the right to deduct from all dividends paid with respect to the Shares the 
amount of any taxes that the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to such dividend 
payments. 

Plan and Committee Decisions are Controlling.  This Agreement and the award of Shares to 
the Grantee are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Plan, which are controlling.  
Capitalized terms herein not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them 
in the Plan.  All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Committee respecting the 
Plan, this Agreement or the award of Shares shall be binding and conclusive upon the Grantee, 
any Beneficiary of the Grantee or the legal representative thereof. 

Grantee’s Employment.  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of the Corporation or 
any of its Affiliates to terminate the Grantee’s service or employment as a director, advisory 
director, director emeritus, officer or employee, or otherwise impose upon the Corporation or any 
of its Affiliates any obligation to employ or accept the services or employment of the Grantee. 

Amendment.  The Committee may waive any conditions of or rights of the Corporation or 
modify or amend the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Committee may not 
amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any provision of this Agreement if such action 
may adversely affect the Grantee without the Grantee’s written consent.  To the extent permitted 
by applicable laws and regulations, the Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion 
but with the permission of the Grantee, to accelerate the vesting of the Shares or remove any 
other restrictions imposed on the Grantee with respect to the Shares, whenever the Committee 
may determine that such action is appropriate. 

16. 

Grantee Acceptance.  The Grantee shall signify acceptance of the terms and conditions of this 
Agreement and acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan by signing in the space provided below 
and returning the signed copy to the Corporation. 

-3- 

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the 

date first above written. 

ra

MID-SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. 

By 

Its 

ACCEPTED BY GRANTEE 

(Signature) 

(Print Name) 

(Street Address) 

(City, State & Zip Code) 

-4- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK POWER 

(One stock power for each stock certificate or grant in book-entry form issued) 

For value received, I hereby sell, assign, and transfer to Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) 
____________ shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, standing in my name on the books and 
records of the aforesaid Corporation, represented by Certificate No. ____________________ or otherwise 
identified in book-entry form as ___________________, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and 
appoint the Secretary of the Corporation attorney, with full power of substitution, to transfer this stock on 
the books and records of the aforesaid Corporation. 

Dated: 

In the presence of: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 83(b) ELECTION FORM 

TO: 

Internal Revenue Service Center 
[Address where the employee files his or her personal income tax return] 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) 
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986 

Name: 

Address: 

Social Security Number ____ - __ - ____ 

Property with respect to which this Election is made: _______ shares of the common stock of 
Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 

Date of Grant or Transfer: ____________, _____. 

Taxable Year for which Election is made:  Calendar Year _____. 

Nature of the Restrictions to which the Property is Subject: (i) a vesting schedule pursuant to 
which the taxpayer will not be fully vested in the property until ___________. 

Fair Market Value of the Property upon receipt by taxpayer $___________. 

Amount Paid for the Property: ____________. 

Copies of this Election have been furnished to ___________________________. 

A copy of this Election also shall be attached to my IRS Form 1040 for calendar year _____. 

Date 

Signature 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Exhibit 21 

Parent 

Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. 

Subsidiaries 

Mid-Southern Savings Bank, FSB 

Percentage 
of Ownership 

100% 

Jurisdiction or 
State of Incorporation 

Federal 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-226919 
and 333-238774) of our report dated March 26, 2021 relating to the consolidated financial statements, contained in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

/s/ Monroe Shine & Co., Inc. 

New Albany, Indiana 
March 26, 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

Certification Required 
By Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

I, Alexander G. Babey, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the  period  in  which  this  annual  report  is  being 
prepared; 

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fiscal  fourth  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing 
the equivalent functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 26, 2021 

/s/ Alexander G. Babey 
Alexander G. Babey 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

Certification Required 
By Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

I, Robert W., DeRossett, certify that: 

1.  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to 
the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented 
in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange 
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known 
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fiscal fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
function): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which 
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and 

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Arch 
Date: March 26, 2021 

/s/ Robert W. DeRossett 
Robert W. DeRossett 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 

18 U.S.C. 1350, 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32 

The undersigned herby certifies in his capacity as an officer of Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and in connection with this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K that: 

1. 

2. 

the report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
and 

the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the Company’s financial condition and results 
of operations. 

/s/ Alexander G. Babey 
Alexander G. Babey 
Chief Executive Officer 

Dated:  March 26, 2021 

     /s/ Robert W. DeRossett 
  Robert W. DeRossett 
  Chief Financial Officer 

  Dated:  March 26, 2021